4. Pācittiyakaṇḍaṃ (bhikkhunīvibhaṅgo)

1. Lasuṇavaggo

1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ

Ime kho panāyyāyo chasaṭṭhisatā pācittiyā

Dhammā uddesaṃ āgacchanti.

793. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarena upāsakena bhikkhunisaṅgho lasuṇena pavārito hoti – ‘‘yāsaṃ ayyānaṃ lasuṇena attho, ahaṃ lasuṇenā’’ti. Khettapālo ca āṇatto hoti – ‘‘sace bhikkhuniyo āgacchanti, ekamekāya bhikkhuniyā dvetayo bhaṇḍike dehī’’ti. Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyaṃ ussavo hoti. Yathābhataṃ lasuṇaṃ parikkhayaṃ agamāsi. Bhikkhuniyo taṃ upāsakaṃ upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘lasuṇena, āvuso, attho’’ti. ‘‘Natthāyye. Yathābhataṃ lasuṇaṃ parikkhīṇaṃ. Khettaṃ gacchathā’’ti. Thullanandā bhikkhunī khettaṃ gantvā na mattaṃ jānitvā bahuṃ lasuṇaṃ harāpesi. Khettapālo ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo na mattaṃ jānitvā bahuṃ lasuṇaṃ harāpessantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tassa khettapālassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā na mattaṃ jānitvā bahuṃ lasuṇaṃ harāpessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī na mattaṃ jānitvā bahuṃ lasuṇaṃ harāpetīti [harāpesīti (ka.)]? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī na mattaṃ jānitvā bahuṃ lasuṇaṃ harāpessati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi –

‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa pajāpati ahosi. Tisso ca dhītaro – nandā, nandavatī, sundarīnandā. Atha kho, bhikkhave, so brāhmaṇo kālaṅkatvā aññataraṃ haṃsayoniṃ upapajji. Tassa sabbasovaṇṇamayā pattā ahesuṃ. So tāsaṃ ekekaṃ pattaṃ deti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī ‘‘ayaṃ haṃso amhākaṃ ekekaṃ pattaṃ detī’’ti taṃ haṃsarājaṃ gahetvā nippattaṃ akāsi. Tassa puna jāyamānā pattā setā sampajjiṃsu. Tadāpi, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī atilobhena suvaṇṇā parihīnā. Idāni lasuṇā parihāyissatī’’ti.

[jā. 1.1.136 suvaṇṇahaṃsajātakepi] ‘‘Yaṃ laddhaṃ tena tuṭṭhabbaṃ, atilobho hi pāpako;

Haṃsarājaṃ gahetvāna, suvaṇṇā parihāyathā’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā thullanandaṃ bhikkhuniṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

794.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī lasuṇaṃ khādeyya pācittiya’’nti.

795.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Lasuṇaṃ nāma māgadhakaṃ vuccati.

‘‘Khādissāmīti paṭiggaṇhā’’ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

796. Lasuṇe lasuṇasaññā khādati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Lasuṇe vematikā khādati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Lasuṇe alasuṇasaññā khādati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Alasuṇe lasuṇasaññā khādati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Alasuṇe vematikā khādati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Alasuṇe alasuṇasaññā khādati, anāpatti.

797. Anāpatti palaṇḍuke, bhañjanake, harītake, cāpalasuṇe, sūpasampāke, maṃsasampāke, telasampāke, sāḷave, uttaribhaṅge, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

2. Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ



这是波逸提部分(比丘尼分别)
蒜品
第一学处
这些是六十六百条波逸提法,来到诵出。
当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城(现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂)祇树给孤独园。那时,有一位优婆塞邀请比丘尼僧团食用大蒜,说:"哪位尊者需要大蒜,我可以提供大蒜。"他还嘱咐田地看守人:"如果比丘尼们来,每位比丘尼给两三把大蒜。"当时,舍卫城正在举行节日。所带来的大蒜都用完了。比丘尼们来到那位优婆塞处说:"优婆塞,我们需要大蒜。"他回答说:"尊者,没有了。所带来的大蒜都用完了。你们去田里吧。"偷兰难陀比丘尼去了田里,不知节制,拿走了很多大蒜。田地看守人抱怨、批评、责备说:"怎么比丘尼们不知节制,拿走这么多大蒜呢!"比丘尼们听到那位田地看守人的抱怨、批评、责备。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"怎么偷兰难陀尊者不知节制,拿走这么多大蒜呢!"...诸比丘,偷兰难陀比丘尼真的不知节制,拿走很多大蒜吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,偷兰难陀比丘尼怎么会不知节制,拿走这么多大蒜呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...(佛陀)说了如法之语后,对比丘们说:
"诸比丘,从前偷兰难陀比丘尼是一位婆罗门的妻子。她有三个女儿:难陀、难陀瓦蒂和孙达利难陀。后来,诸比丘,那位婆罗门去世后转生为一只鹅。它全身的羽毛都是金色的。它给她们每人一根羽毛。然后,诸比丘,偷兰难陀比丘尼想:'这只鹅给我们每人一根羽毛',就抓住那只鹅王,把它所有的羽毛都拔光了。它后来长出的羽毛变成了白色。诸比丘,那时偷兰难陀比丘尼由于过度贪婪而失去了金羽毛。现在她将失去大蒜。"
"应当知足于所得,过度贪婪实为恶。
抓住鹅王拔光羽,失去了所有金羽毛。"
然后世尊以种种方式呵责偷兰难陀比丘尼难养...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
794."若比丘尼食用大蒜者,波逸提。"
795.若那位:即无论是何种...比丘尼:...在此意义中所指的比丘尼。
大蒜:是指摩揭陀蒜。
"我要吃"而接受,犯恶作。每次吞咽,犯波逸提。
796.大蒜想是大蒜而食用,犯波逸提。对大蒜有疑而食用,犯波逸提。非大蒜想是大蒜而食用,犯波逸提。
大蒜想非大蒜而食用,犯恶作。对非大蒜有疑而食用,犯恶作。非大蒜想非大蒜而食用,无犯。
797.无犯的情况:食用洋葱、破裂的蒜、诃梨勒果、野蒜、汤中的蒜、肉汤中的蒜、油中的蒜、沙拉、佐料、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第一学处结束。
第二学处

798. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo sambādhe lomaṃ saṃharāpetvā aciravatiyā nadiyā vesiyāhi saddhiṃ naggā ekatitthe nahāyanti. Vesiyā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo sambādhe lomaṃ saṃharāpessanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tāsaṃ vesiyānaṃ ujjhāyantīnaṃ khiyyantīnaṃ vipācentīnaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo sambādhe lomaṃ saṃharāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo sambādhe lomaṃ saṃharāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo sambādhe lomaṃ saṃharāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

799.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī sambādhe lomaṃ saṃharāpeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

800.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Sambādho nāma ubho upakacchakā, muttakaraṇaṃ.

Saṃharāpeyyāti ekampi lomaṃ saṃharāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Bahukepi lome saṃharāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

801. Anāpatti ābādhapaccayā, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

3. Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ

802. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhuniyo anabhiratiyā pīḷitā ovarakaṃ pavisitvā talaghātakaṃ karonti. Bhikkhuniyo tena saddena upadhāvitvā tā bhikkhuniyo etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kissa tumhe, ayye, purisena saddhiṃ sampadussathā’’ti? ‘‘Na mayaṃ, ayye, purisena saddhiṃ sampadussāmā’’ti. Bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo talaghātakaṃ karissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo talaghātakaṃ karontīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo talaghātakaṃ karissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

803.‘‘Talaghātake pācittiya’’nti.

804.Talaghātakaṃ nāma samphassaṃ sādiyantī antamaso uppalapattenapi muttakaraṇe pahāraṃ deti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

805. Anāpatti ābādhapaccayā, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

4. Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ

806. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā purāṇarājorodhā bhikkhunīsu pabbajitā [aññataro purāṇarājorodho bhikkhunīsu pabbajito (syā.)] hoti. Aññatarā bhikkhunī anabhiratiyā pīḷitā yena sā bhikkhunī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavoca – ‘‘rājā kho, ayye, tumhe cirāciraṃ gacchati. Kathaṃ tumhe dhārethā’’ti? ‘‘Jatumaṭṭhakena, ayye’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ etaṃ, ayye, jatumaṭṭhaka’’nti? Atha kho sā bhikkhunī tassā bhikkhuniyā jatumaṭṭhakaṃ ācikkhi. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī jatumaṭṭhakaṃ ādiyitvā dhovituṃ vissaritvā ekamantaṃ chaḍḍesi. Bhikkhuniyo makkhikāhi samparikiṇṇaṃ passitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kassidaṃ kamma’’nti? Sā evamāha – ‘‘mayhidaṃ kamma’’nti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī jatumaṭṭhakaṃ ādiyissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī jatumaṭṭhakaṃ ādiyatīti [ādiyīti (ka.)]? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī jatumaṭṭhakaṃ ādiyissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

807.‘‘Jatumaṭṭhake[jatumaṭṭake (sī.)]pācittiya’’nti.



当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城(现今印度北方邦斯拉瓦斯蒂)祇树给孤独园。那时,六群比丘尼让人除去隐秘处的毛发,与妓女们一起在阿吉罗跋提河的同一渡口裸体洗浴。妓女们抱怨、批评、责备说:"比丘尼们怎么会让人除去隐秘处的毛发,就像享受欲乐的在家女人一样!"比丘尼们听到那些妓女的抱怨、批评、责备。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"六群比丘尼怎么会让人除去隐秘处的毛发呢!"...诸比丘,六群比丘尼真的让人除去隐秘处的毛发吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,六群比丘尼怎么会让人除去隐秘处的毛发呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
799."若比丘尼让人除去隐秘处的毛发者,波逸提。"
800.若那位:即无论是何种...比丘尼:...在此意义中所指的比丘尼。
隐秘处:是指两腋下和生殖器。
让人除去:让人除去一根毛发,犯波逸提。让人除去多根毛发,犯波逸提。
801.无犯的情况:因病缘故、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第二学处结束。
第三学处
当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,有两位比丘尼因不满意而苦恼,进入小房间做拍击(生殖器)的行为。比丘尼们听到声音跑来,对那两位比丘尼说:"尊者,你们为什么与男人一起行不净行?"她们回答说:"尊者,我们没有与男人一起行不净行。"她们把这件事告诉比丘尼们。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"比丘尼们怎么会做拍击(生殖器)的行为呢!"...诸比丘,比丘尼们真的做拍击(生殖器)的行为吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,比丘尼们怎么会做拍击(生殖器)的行为呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
803."拍击(生殖器)者,波逸提。"
804.拍击(生殖器):享受触感,即使用莲花瓣拍打生殖器,也犯波逸提。
805.无犯的情况:因病缘故、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第三学处结束。
第四学处
当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,有一位前王室女眷出家为比丘尼。有一位比丘尼因不满意而苦恼,来到那位比丘尼处,对她说:"尊者,国王很久才来一次。你是怎么忍受的?"她回答说:"尊者,用漆制阳具。""尊者,什么是漆制阳具?"于是那位比丘尼向这位比丘尼解释了漆制阳具。然后这位比丘尼拿了漆制阳具,忘记清洗就丢在一边。比丘尼们看到被苍蝇围绕,就问:"这是谁做的?"她说:"这是我做的。"那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"比丘尼怎么会使用漆制阳具呢!"...诸比丘,比丘尼真的使用漆制阳具吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,比丘尼怎么会使用漆制阳具呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
807."使用漆制阳具者,波逸提。"

808.Jatumaṭṭhakaṃ nāma jatumayaṃ kaṭṭhamayaṃ piṭṭhamayaṃ mattikāmayaṃ.

Ādiyeyyāti samphassaṃ sādiyantī antamaso uppalapattampi muttakaraṇaṃ paveseti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

809. Anāpatti ābādhapaccayā, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

5. Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ

810. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho mahāpajāpati gotamī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā adhovāte aṭṭhāsi – ‘‘duggandho, bhagavā, mātugāmo’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā – ‘‘ādiyantu kho bhikkhuniyo udakasuddhika’’nti, mahāpajāpatiṃ gotamiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho mahāpajāpati gotamī bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīnaṃ udakasuddhika’’nti. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī – ‘‘bhagavatā udakasuddhikā anuññātā’’ti atigambhīraṃ udakasuddhikaṃ ādiyantī muttakaraṇe vaṇaṃ akāsi. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ āroceti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī atigambhīraṃ udakasuddhikaṃ ādiyissatīti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī atigambhīraṃ udakasuddhikaṃ ādiyatī’’ti [ādiyīti (ka.)]? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī atigambhīraṃ udakasuddhikaṃ ādiyissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

811.‘‘Udakasuddhikaṃ pana bhikkhuniyā ādiyamānāya dvaṅgulapabbaparamaṃ ādātabbaṃ. Taṃ atikkāmentiyā pācittiya’’nti.

812.Udakasuddhikaṃ nāma muttakaraṇassa dhovanā vuccati.

Ādiyamānāyāti dhovantiyā.

Dvaṅgulapabbaparamaṃ ādātabbanti dvīsu aṅgulesu dve pabbaparamā ādātabbā.

Taṃ atikkāmentiyāti samphassaṃ sādiyantī antamaso kesaggamattampi atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

813. Atirekadvaṅgulapabbe atirekasaññā ādiyati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atirekadvaṅgulapabbe vematikā ādiyati, āpatti pācittiyassa . Atirekadvaṅgulapabbe ūnakasaññā ādiyati, āpatti pācittiyassa .

Ūnakadvaṅgulapabbe atirekasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnakadvaṅgulapabbe vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnakadvaṅgulapabbe ūnakasaññā, anāpatti.

814. Anāpatti dvaṅgulapabbaparamaṃ ādiyati, ūnakadvaṅgulapabbaparamaṃ ādiyati, ābādhapaccayā, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ

815. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena ārohanto nāma mahāmatto bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Tassa purāṇadutiyikā bhikkhunīsu pabbajitā hoti. Tena kho pana samayena so bhikkhu tassā bhikkhuniyā santike bhattavissaggaṃ karoti. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī tassa bhikkhuno bhuñjantassa pānīyena ca vidhūpanena ca upatiṭṭhitvā accāvadati. Atha kho so bhikkhu taṃ bhikkhuniṃ apasādeti – ‘‘mā, bhagini, evarūpaṃ akāsi. Netaṃ kappatī’’ti. ‘‘Pubbe maṃ tvaṃ evañca evañca karosi, idāni ettakaṃ na sahasī’’ti – pānīyathālakaṃ matthake āsumbhitvā vidhūpanena pahāraṃ adāsi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī bhikkhussa pahāraṃ dassatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī bhikkhussa pahāraṃ adāsīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī bhikkhussa pahāraṃ dassati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

816.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhussa bhuñjantassa pānīyena vā vidhūpanena vā upatiṭṭheyya, pācittiya’’nti.



808.漆制阳具是指由漆、木头、面粉或黏土制成的。
使用:享受触感,即使用莲花瓣插入生殖器,也犯波逸提。
809.无犯的情况:因病缘故、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第四学处结束。
第五学处
当时,佛陀世尊住在释迦族的迦毗罗卫城(现今尼泊尔蒂洛拉科特)尼拘律园。摩诃波阇波提·乔达弥来到世尊处,礼拜世尊后站在下风处说:"世尊,女人身上有臭味。"于是世尊说:"比丘尼们可以使用水净。"世尊以法语开示、教导、鼓励、令欢喜摩诃波阇波提·乔达弥。摩诃波阇波提·乔达弥听闻世尊的法语开示、教导、鼓励、令欢喜后,礼拜世尊,右绕而去。然后世尊以此因缘、以此事由说法后,对比丘们说:"诸比丘,我允许比丘尼们使用水净。"那时,有一位比丘尼想:"世尊允许使用水净",就使用过深的水净,在生殖器上造成伤口。然后那位比丘尼把这件事告诉比丘尼们。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"比丘尼怎么会使用过深的水净呢!"...诸比丘,比丘尼真的使用过深的水净吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,比丘尼怎么会使用过深的水净呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
811."比丘尼使用水净时,最多可用两指节深。超过者,波逸提。"
812.水净:是指清洗生殖器。
使用:是指清洗。
最多可用两指节深:在两根手指上,最多可用两个指节深。
超过者:享受触感,即使超过一根头发那么多,也犯波逸提。
超过两指节深而认为超过,使用,犯波逸提。超过两指节深而有疑,使用,犯波逸提。超过两指节深而认为未超过,使用,犯波逸提。
未超过两指节深而认为超过,犯恶作。未超过两指节深而有疑,犯恶作。未超过两指节深而认为未超过,无犯。
814.无犯的情况:使用最多两指节深、使用少于两指节深、因病缘故、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第五学处结束。
第六学处
当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,有一位名叫阿罗汉的大臣出家为比丘。他的前妻出家为比丘尼。当时,那位比丘在那位比丘尼处用餐。那位比丘尼在那位比丘用餐时,用水和扇子侍奉,过分亲近。然后那位比丘呵斥那位比丘尼说:"妹妹,不要这样做。这是不适当的。""以前你对我这样那样,现在连这点都不能忍受。"她把水碗倒在他头上,用扇子打他。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"比丘尼怎么会打比丘呢!"...诸比丘,比丘尼真的打比丘吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,比丘尼怎么会打比丘呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
816."若比丘尼用水或扇子侍奉正在用餐的比丘者,波逸提。"

817.Yāpanāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Bhikkhussāti upasampannassa.

Bhuñjantassāti pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjantassa.

Pānīyaṃ nāma yaṃ kiñci pānīyaṃ.

Vidhūpanaṃ nāma yā kāci bījanī.

Upatiṭṭheyyāti hatthapāse tiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

818. Upasampanne upasampannasaññā pānīyena vā vidhūpanena vā upatiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematikā pānīyena vā vidhūpanena vā upatiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññā pānīyena vā vidhūpanena vā upatiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvā upatiṭṭhati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Khādanīyaṃ khādantassa upatiṭṭhati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannassa upatiṭṭhati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

819. Anāpatti deti, dāpeti, anupasampannaṃ āṇāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

7. Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ

820. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo sassakāle āmakadhaññaṃ viññāpetvā nagaraṃ atiharanti dvāraṭṭhāne – ‘‘dethāyye, bhāga’’nti. Palibundhetvā muñciṃsu. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo upassayaṃ gantvā bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo āmakadhaññaṃ viññāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo āmakadhaññaṃ viññāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo āmakadhaññaṃ viññāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

821.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī āmakadhaññaṃ viññatvā vā viññāpetvā vā bhajjitvā vā bhajjāpetvā vā koṭṭetvā vā koṭṭāpetvā vā pacitvā vā pacāpetvā vā bhuñjeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

822.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Āmakadhaññaṃ nāma sāli vīhi yavo godhumo kaṅgu varako kudrusako.

Viññatvāti sayaṃ viññatvā. Viññāpetvāti aññaṃ viññāpetvā.

Bhajjitvāti sayaṃ bhajjitvā. Bhajjāpetvāti aññaṃ bhajjāpetvā.

Koṭṭetvāti sayaṃ koṭṭetvā. Koṭṭāpetvāti aññaṃ koṭṭāpetvā.

Pacitvāti sayaṃ pacitvā. Pacāpetvāti aññaṃ pacāpetvā.

‘‘Bhuñjissāmī’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

823. Anāpatti ābādhapaccayā, aparaṇṇaṃ viññāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

8. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ



817.若那位:即无论是何种...比丘尼:...在此意义中所指的比丘尼。
比丘:是指已受具足戒者。
正在用餐:正在食用五种正食中的任何一种。
水:是指任何可饮用的液体。
扇子:是指任何扇子。
侍奉:站在伸手可及的范围内,犯波逸提。
对已受具足戒者认为是已受具足戒者,用水或扇子侍奉,犯波逸提。对已受具足戒者有疑,用水或扇子侍奉,犯波逸提。对已受具足戒者认为是未受具足戒者,用水或扇子侍奉,犯波逸提。
离开伸手可及的范围侍奉,犯恶作。对正在食用硬食者侍奉,犯恶作。对未受具足戒者侍奉,犯恶作。对未受具足戒者认为是已受具足戒者,犯恶作。对未受具足戒者有疑,犯恶作。对未受具足戒者认为是未受具足戒者,犯恶作。
819.无犯的情况:给予、令给予、命令未受具足戒者、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第六学处结束。
第七学处
当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,比丘尼们在收获季节乞求生谷,带入城中,在城门处说:"尊者们,请给我们一份。"人们阻拦后放行。然后那些比丘尼回到住处,把这件事告诉比丘尼们。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"比丘尼们怎么会乞求生谷呢!"...诸比丘,比丘尼们真的乞求生谷吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,比丘尼们怎么会乞求生谷呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
821."若比丘尼乞求或令乞求生谷,炒或令炒,舂或令舂,煮或令煮后食用者,波逸提。"
822.若那位:即无论是何种...比丘尼:...在此意义中所指的比丘尼。
生谷:是指稻、粳、大麦、小麦、粟、野米、谷子。
乞求:自己乞求。令乞求:令他人乞求。
炒:自己炒。令炒:令他人炒。
舂:自己舂。令舂:令他人舂。
煮:自己煮。令煮:令他人煮。
"我要食用"而接受,犯恶作。每次吞咽,犯波逸提。
823.无犯的情况:因病缘故、乞求蔬菜、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第七学处结束。
第八学处

824. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo nibbiṭṭharājabhaṭo ‘‘taññeva bhaṭapathaṃ yācissāmī’’ti sīsaṃ nahāyitvā bhikkhunupassayaṃ nissāya rājakulaṃ gacchati. Aññatarā bhikkhunī kaṭāhe vaccaṃ katvā tirokuṭṭe chaḍḍentī tassa brāhmaṇassa matthake āsumbhi. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘assamaṇiyo imā muṇḍā bandhakiniyo. Kathañhi nāma gūthakaṭāhaṃ matthake āsumbhissanti! Imāsaṃ upassayaṃ jhāpessāmī’’ti! Ummukaṃ gahetvā upassayaṃ pavisati. Aññataro upāsako upassayā nikkhamanto addasa taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ ummukaṃ gahetvā upassayaṃ pavisantaṃ. Disvāna taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, bho, ummukaṃ gahetvā upassayaṃ pavisasī’’ti? ‘‘Imā maṃ, bho, muṇḍā bandhakiniyo gūthakaṭāhaṃ matthake āsumbhiṃsu. Imāsaṃ upassayaṃ jhāpessāmī’’ti. ‘‘Gaccha, bho brāhmaṇa, maṅgalaṃ etaṃ. Sahassaṃ lacchasi tañca bhaṭapatha’’nti. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo sīsaṃ nahāyitvā rājakulaṃ gantvā sahassaṃ alattha tañca bhaṭapathaṃ. Atha kho so upāsako upassayaṃ pavisitvā bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocetvā paribhāsi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo uccāraṃ tirokuṭṭe chaḍḍessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo uccāraṃ tirokuṭṭe chaḍḍentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo uccāraṃ tirokuṭṭe chaḍḍessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave , bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

825.‘‘Yāpana bhikkhunī uccāraṃ vā passāvaṃ vā saṅkāraṃ vā vighāsaṃ vā tirokuṭṭe vā tiropākāre vā chaḍḍeyya vā chaḍḍāpeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

826.Yāpanāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Uccāro nāma gūtho vuccati. Passāvo nāma muttaṃ vuccati.

Saṅkāraṃ nāma kacavaraṃ vuccati.

Vighāsaṃ nāma calakāni vā aṭṭhikāni vā ucchiṭṭhodakaṃ vā.

Kuṭṭo nāma tayo kuṭṭā – iṭṭhakākuṭṭo, silākuṭṭo, dārukuṭṭo.

Pākāro nāma tayo pākārā – iṭṭhakāpākāro, silāpākāro, dārupākāro.

Tirokuṭṭeti kuṭṭassa parato. Tiropākāreti pākārassa parato.

Chaḍḍeyyāti sayaṃ chaḍḍeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Chaḍḍāpeyyāti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sakiṃ āṇattā bahukampi chaḍḍeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

827. Anāpatti oloketvā chaḍḍeti, avaḷañje chaḍḍeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

9. Navamasikkhāpadaṃ

828. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa bhikkhunūpassayaṃ nissāya yavakhettaṃ hoti. Bhikkhuniyo uccārampi passāvampi saṅkārampi vighāsampi khette chaḍḍenti. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo amhākaṃ yavakhettaṃ dūsessantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tassa brāhmaṇassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo uccārampi passāvampi saṅkārampi vighāsampi harite chaḍḍessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo uccārampi passāvampi saṅkārampi vighāsampi harite chaḍḍentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo uccārampi passāvampi saṅkārampi vighāsampi harite chaḍḍessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

829.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī uccāraṃ vā passāvaṃ vā saṅkāraṃ vā vighāsaṃ vā harite chaḍḍeyya vā chaḍḍāpeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.



当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,有一位婆罗门被国王解雇,想"我要去请求那份薪水",洗头后从比丘尼住处旁边经过前往王宫。有一位比丘尼在盆中大便后,想把它倒在墙外,却倒在那位婆罗门头上。然后那位婆罗门抱怨、批评、责备说:"这些秃头妓女不是沙门!怎么会把粪盆倒在头上!我要烧了她们的住处!"他拿着火把进入住处。一位优婆塞从住处出来,看到那位婆罗门拿着火把进入住处。看到后对那位婆罗门说:"先生,你为什么拿着火把进入住处?"他回答说:"先生,这些秃头妓女把粪盆倒在我头上。我要烧了她们的住处。""去吧,婆罗门先生,这是吉祥的。你会得到一千(钱)和那份薪水。"然后那位婆罗门洗头后去王宫,得到一千(钱)和那份薪水。然后那位优婆塞进入住处,把这件事告诉比丘尼们并责备她们。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"比丘尼们怎么会把大便倒在墙外呢!"...诸比丘,比丘尼们真的把大便倒在墙外吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,比丘尼们怎么会把大便倒在墙外呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
825."若比丘尼把大便或小便或垃圾或残食倒或令倒在墙外或围墙外者,波逸提。"
826.若那位:即无论是何种...比丘尼:...在此意义中所指的比丘尼。
大便:是指粪便。小便:是指尿液。
垃圾:是指废弃物。
残食:是指剩饭或骨头或剩水。
墙:是指三种墙 - 砖墙、石墙、木墙。
围墙:是指三种围墙 - 砖围墙、石围墙、木围墙。
墙外:是指墙的另一边。围墙外:是指围墙的另一边。
倒:自己倒,犯波逸提。
令倒:命令他人,犯恶作。一次命令而多次倒,犯波逸提。
827.无犯的情况:观察后倒、倒在无人使用的地方、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第八学处结束。
第九学处
当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,有一位婆罗门在比丘尼住处旁边有一块大麦田。比丘尼们把大便、小便、垃圾、残食倒在田里。然后那位婆罗门抱怨、批评、责备说:"比丘尼们怎么会污染我们的大麦田呢!"比丘尼们听到那位婆罗门的抱怨、批评、责备。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"比丘尼们怎么会把大便、小便、垃圾、残食倒在绿地上呢!"...诸比丘,比丘尼们真的把大便、小便、垃圾、残食倒在绿地上吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,比丘尼们怎么会把大便、小便、垃圾、残食倒在绿地上呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
829."若比丘尼把大便或小便或垃圾或残食倒或令倒在绿地上者,波逸提。"

830.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Uccāro nāma gūtho vuccati. Passāvo nāma muttaṃ vuccati.

Saṅkāraṃ nāma kacavaraṃ vuccati.

Vighāsaṃ nāma calakāni vā aṭṭhikāni vā ucchiṭṭhodakaṃ vā.

Haritaṃ nāma pubbaṇṇaṃ aparaṇṇaṃ yaṃ manussānaṃ upabhogaparibhogaṃ ropimaṃ .

Chaḍḍeyyāti sayaṃ chaḍḍeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Chaḍḍāpeyyāti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sakiṃ āṇattā bahukampi chaḍḍeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

831. Harite haritasaññā chaḍḍeti vā chaḍḍāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Harite vematikā chaḍḍeti vā chaḍḍāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa . Harite aharitasaññā chaḍḍeti vā chaḍḍāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aharite haritasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aharite vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aharite aharitasaññā, anāpatti.

832. Anāpatti oloketvā chaḍḍeti, khettamariyāde [chaḍḍitakhette (?) aṭṭhakathā oloketabbā] chaḍḍeti sāmike āpucchitvā apaloketvā chaḍḍeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Navamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

10. Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ

833. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe giraggasamajjo hoti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo giraggasamajjaṃ dassanāya agamaṃsu. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo naccampi gītampi vāditampi dassanāya gacchissanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo naccampi gītampi vāditampi dassanāya gacchissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo naccampi gītampi vāditampi dassanāya gacchantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo naccampi gītampi vāditampi dassanāya gacchissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

834.‘‘Yāpana bhikkhunī naccaṃ vā gītaṃ vā vāditaṃ vā dassanāya gaccheyya, pācittiya’’nti.

835.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Naccaṃ nāma yaṃ kiñci naccaṃ. Gītaṃ nāma yaṃ kiñci gītaṃ. Vāditaṃ nāma yaṃ kiñci vāditaṃ.

836. Dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhitā passati vā suṇāti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vijahitvā punappunaṃ passati vā suṇāti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ekamekaṃ dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhitā passati vā suṇāti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vijahitvā punappunaṃ passati vā suṇāti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

837. Anāpatti ārāme ṭhitā passati vā suṇāti vā, bhikkhuniyā ṭhitokāsaṃ vā nisinnokāsaṃ vā nipannokāsaṃ vā āgantvā naccanti vā gāyanti vā vādenti vā, paṭipathaṃ gacchantī passati vā suṇāti vā, sati karaṇīye gantvā passati vā suṇāti vā, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Lasuṇavaggo paṭhamo.

2. Andhakāravaggo

1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ



830.若那位:即无论是何种...比丘尼:...在此意义中所指的比丘尼。
大便:是指粪便。小便:是指尿液。
垃圾:是指废弃物。
残食:是指剩饭或骨头或剩水。
绿地:是指人们种植使用的谷物和蔬菜。
倒:自己倒,犯波逸提。
令倒:命令他人,犯恶作。一次命令而多次倒,犯波逸提。
在绿地上认为是绿地而倒或令倒,犯波逸提。在绿地上有疑而倒或令倒,犯波逸提。在绿地上认为不是绿地而倒或令倒,犯波逸提。
在非绿地上认为是绿地,犯恶作。在非绿地上有疑,犯恶作。在非绿地上认为不是绿地,无犯。
832.无犯的情况:观察后倒、倒在田地边界、询问并得到主人同意后倒、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第九学处结束。
第十学处
当时,佛陀世尊住在王舍城(现今印度比哈尔邦巴特那市)竹林栗鼠饲养处。那时,王舍城正在山顶举行节日。六群比丘尼去观看山顶节日。人们抱怨、批评、责备说:"比丘尼们怎么会去观看舞蹈、歌唱、音乐,就像享受欲乐的在家女人一样!"比丘尼们听到那些人的抱怨、批评、责备。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"六群比丘尼怎么会去观看舞蹈、歌唱、音乐呢!"...诸比丘,六群比丘尼真的去观看舞蹈、歌唱、音乐吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,六群比丘尼怎么会去观看舞蹈、歌唱、音乐呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
834."若比丘尼去观看舞蹈或歌唱或音乐者,波逸提。"
835.若那位:即无论是何种...比丘尼:...在此意义中所指的比丘尼。
舞蹈:是指任何舞蹈。歌唱:是指任何歌唱。音乐:是指任何音乐。
去观看,犯恶作。站在那里看到或听到,犯波逸提。离开观看范围后再次看到或听到,犯波逸提。去观看每一种,犯恶作。站在那里看到或听到,犯波逸提。离开观看范围后再次看到或听到,犯波逸提。
837.无犯的情况:站在寺院里看到或听到、舞蹈歌唱音乐来到比丘尼站立处或坐处或卧处、走在路上看到或听到、因事而去看到或听到、有危难、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第十学处结束。
蒜品第一。
黑暗品
第一学处

838. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhaddāya kāpilāniyā antevāsiniyā bhikkhuniyā ñātako puriso gāmakā sāvatthiṃ agamāsi kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī tena purisena saddhiṃ rattandhakāre appadīpe ekenekā santiṭṭhatipi sallapatipi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī rattandhakāre appadīpe purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhissatipi sallapissatipī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī rattandhakāre appadīpe purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhatipi sallapatipīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave , bhikkhunī rattandhakāre appadīpe purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhissatipi sallapissatipi! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

839.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī rattandhakāre appadīpe purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭheyya vā sallapeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

840.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Rattandhakāreti oggate sūriye. Appadīpeti anāloke.

Puriso nāma manussapuriso na yakkho na peto na tiracchānagato viññū paṭibalo santiṭṭhituṃ sallapituṃ.

Saddhinti ekato. Ekenekāti puriso ceva hoti bhikkhunī ca.

Santiṭṭheyya vāti purisassa hatthapāse tiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Sallapeyyavāti purisassa hatthapāse ṭhitā sallapati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvā santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yakkhena vā petena vā paṇḍakena vā tiracchānagatamanussaviggahena vā saddhiṃ santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

841. Anāpatti yo koci viññū dutiyo [yā kāci viññū dutiyā (syā.)] hoti, arahopekkhā, aññavihitā santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

2. Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ

842. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhaddāya kāpilāniyā antevāsiniyā bhikkhuniyā ñātako puriso gāmakā sāvatthiṃ agamāsi kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī – ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ rattandhakāre appadīpe purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhituṃ sallapitu’’nti teneva purisena saddhiṃ paṭicchanne okāse ekenekā santiṭṭhatipi sallapatipi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī paṭicchanne okāse purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhissatipi sallapissatipī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī paṭicchanne okāse purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhatipi sallapatipīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī paṭicchanne okāse purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhissatipi sallapissatipi! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

843.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī paṭicchanne okāse purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭheyya vā sallapeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

844.Yāpanāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Paṭicchanno nāma okāso kuṭṭena vā kavāṭena vā kilañjena vā sāṇipākārena vā rukkhena vā thambhena vā kotthaḷiyā vā yena kenaci paṭicchanno hoti.

Puriso nāma manussapuriso na yakkho na peto na tiracchānagato viññū paṭibalo santiṭṭhituṃ sallapituṃ.

Saddhinti ekato. Ekenekāti puriso ceva hoti bhikkhunī ca.

Santiṭṭheyya vāti purisassa hatthapāse tiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Sallapeyya vāti purisassa hatthapāse ṭhitā sallapati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvā santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yakkhena vā petena vā paṇḍakena vā tiracchānagatamanussaviggahena vā saddhiṃ santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.



当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,跋陀迦毗罗尼的一位女弟子比丘尼的亲戚男子因某事从乡村来到舍卫城。然后那位比丘尼在夜晚黑暗中无灯光处与那位男子单独站立和交谈。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"比丘尼怎么会在夜晚黑暗中无灯光处与男子单独站立和交谈呢!"...诸比丘,比丘尼真的在夜晚黑暗中无灯光处与男子单独站立和交谈吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,比丘尼怎么会在夜晚黑暗中无灯光处与男子单独站立和交谈呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
839."若比丘尼在夜晚黑暗中无灯光处与男子单独站立或交谈者,波逸提。"
840.若那位:即无论是何种...比丘尼:...在此意义中所指的比丘尼。
夜晚黑暗:是指日落后。无灯光:是指无光明处。
男子:是指人类男子,不是夜叉、饿鬼、畜生,有理智能力站立交谈者。
与:一起。单独:只有男子和比丘尼。
站立:站在男子伸手可及的范围内,犯波逸提。
交谈:站在男子伸手可及的范围内交谈,犯波逸提。
离开伸手可及的范围站立或交谈,犯恶作。与夜叉、饿鬼、黄门、畜生变化的人形站立或交谈,犯恶作。
841.无犯的情况:有任何一位有理智的人作为第二人、有值得尊敬的人在场、心不在焉地站立或交谈、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第一学处结束。
第二学处
当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,跋陀迦毗罗尼的一位女弟子比丘尼的亲戚男子因某事从乡村来到舍卫城。然后那位比丘尼想:"世尊禁止在夜晚黑暗中无灯光处与男子单独站立交谈",就与那位男子在隐蔽处单独站立和交谈。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"比丘尼怎么会在隐蔽处与男子单独站立和交谈呢!"...诸比丘,比丘尼真的在隐蔽处与男子单独站立和交谈吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,比丘尼怎么会在隐蔽处与男子单独站立和交谈呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
843."若比丘尼在隐蔽处与男子单独站立或交谈者,波逸提。"
844.若那位:即无论是何种...比丘尼:...在此意义中所指的比丘尼。
隐蔽处:是指被墙、门、席、布帘、树、柱子、谷仓或任何东西遮蔽的地方。
男子:是指人类男子,不是夜叉、饿鬼、畜生,有理智能力站立交谈者。
与:一起。单独:只有男子和比丘尼。
站立:站在男子伸手可及的范围内,犯波逸提。
交谈:站在男子伸手可及的范围内交谈,犯波逸提。
离开伸手可及的范围站立或交谈,犯恶作。与夜叉、饿鬼、黄门、畜生变化的人形站立或交谈,犯恶作。

845. Anāpatti yo koci viññū dutiyo hoti, arahopekkhā, aññavihitā santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

3. Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ

846. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhaddāya kāpilāniyā antevāsiniyā bhikkhuniyā ñātako puriso gāmakā sāvatthiṃ agamāsi kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī – ‘‘bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ paṭicchanne okāse purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhituṃ sallapitu’’nti teneva purisena saddhiṃ ajjhokāse ekenekā santiṭṭhatipi sallapatipi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī ajjhokāse purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhissatipi sallapissatipī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī ajjhokāse purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhatipi sallapatipīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī ajjhokāse purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhissatipi sallapissatipi! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

847.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī ajjhokāse purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭheyya vā sallapeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

848.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Ajjhokāso nāma appaṭicchanno hoti kuṭṭena vā kavāṭena vā kilañjena vā sāṇipākārena vā rukkhena vā thambhena vā kotthaḷiyā vā, yena kenaci appaṭicchanno hoti.

Puriso nāma manussapuriso, na yakkho na peto na tiracchānagato, viññū paṭibalo santiṭṭhituṃ sallapituṃ.

Saddhinti ekato. Ekenekāti puriso ceva hoti bhikkhunī ca.

Santiṭṭheyya vāti purisassa hatthapāse tiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Sallapeyya vāti purisassa hatthapāse ṭhitā sallapati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvā santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yakkhena vā petena vā paṇḍakena vā tiracchāgatamanussaviggahena vā saddhiṃ santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

849. Anāpatti yo koci viññū dutiyo hoti, arahopekkhā, aññavihitā santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

4. Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ

850. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī rathikāyapi byūhepi siṅghāṭakepi purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhatipi sallapatipi nikaṇṇikampi jappeti dutiyikampi bhikkhuniṃ uyyojeti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā rathikāyapi byūhepi siṅghāṭakepi purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhissatipi sallapissatipi nikaṇṇikampi jappissati dutiyikampi bhikkhuniṃ uyyojessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī rathikāyapi byūhepi siṅghāṭakepi purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhatipi sallapatipi nikaṇṇikampi jappeti dutiyikampi bhikkhuniṃ uyyojetīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī rathikāyapi byūhepi siṅghāṭakepi purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭhissatipi sallapissatipi nikaṇṇikampi jappissati dutiyikampi bhikkhuniṃ uyyojessati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

851.‘‘Yāpana bhikkhunī rathikāya vā byūhe vā siṅghāṭake vā purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā santiṭṭheyya vā sallapeyya vā nikaṇṇikaṃ vā jappeyya dutiyikaṃ vā bhikkhuniṃ uyyojeyya, pācittiya’’nti.



845.无犯的情况:有任何一位有理智的人作为第二人、有值得尊敬的人在场、心不在焉地站立或交谈、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第二学处结束。
第三学处
当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,跋陀迦毗罗尼的一位女**比丘尼的亲戚男子因某事从乡村来到舍卫城。然后那位比丘尼想:"世尊禁止在隐蔽处与男子单独站立交谈",就与那位男子在露天处单独站立和交谈。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"比丘尼怎么会在露天处与男子单独站立和交谈呢!"...诸比丘,比丘尼真的在露天处与男子单独站立和交谈吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,比丘尼怎么会在露天处与男子单独站立和交谈呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
847."若比丘尼在露天处与男子单独站立或交谈者,波逸提。"
848.若那位:即无论是何种...比丘尼:...在此意义中所指的比丘尼。
露天处:是指没有被墙、门、席、布帘、树、柱子、谷仓或任何东西遮蔽的地方。
男子:是指人类男子,不是夜叉、饿鬼、畜生,有理智能力站立交谈者。
与:一起。单独:只有男子和比丘尼。
站立:站在男子伸手可及的范围内,犯波逸提。
交谈:站在男子伸手可及的范围内交谈,犯波逸提。
离开伸手可及的范围站立或交谈,犯恶作。与夜叉、饿鬼、黄门、畜生变化的人形站立或交谈,犯恶作。
849.无犯的情况:有任何一位有理智的人作为第二人、有值得尊敬的人在场、心不在焉地站立或交谈、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第三学处结束。
第四学处
当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,偷兰难陀比丘尼在街道、十字路口、三岔路口与男子单独站立和交谈,耳语,并打发陪同的比丘尼离开。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"大德偷兰难陀怎么会在街道、十字路口、三岔路口与男子单独站立和交谈,耳语,并打发陪同的比丘尼离开呢!"...诸比丘,偷兰难陀比丘尼真的在街道、十字路口、三岔路口与男子单独站立和交谈,耳语,并打发陪同的比丘尼离开吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,偷兰难陀比丘尼怎么会在街道、十字路口、三岔路口与男子单独站立和交谈,耳语,并打发陪同的比丘尼离开呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
851."若比丘尼在街道或十字路口或三岔路口与男子单独站立或交谈或耳语或打发陪同的比丘尼离开者,波逸提。"

852.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Rathikā nāma racchā vuccati. Byūhaṃ nāma yeneva pavisanti teneva nikkhamanti. Siṅghāṭako nāma caccaraṃ vuccati.

Puriso nāma manussapuriso na yakkho na peto na tiracchānagato viññū paṭibalo santiṭṭhituṃ sallapituṃ.

Saddhinti ekato. Ekenekāti puriso ceva hoti bhikkhunī ca.

Santiṭṭheyya vāti purisassa hatthapāse tiṭṭhati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Sallapeyya vāti purisassa hatthapāse ṭhitā sallapati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Nikaṇṇikaṃ vā jappeyyāti purisassa upakaṇṇake āroceti , āpatti pācittiyassa.

Dutiyikaṃ vā bhikkhuniṃ uyyojeyyāti anācāraṃ ācaritukāmā dutiyikampi bhikkhuniṃ uyyojeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vā savanūpacāraṃ vā vijahantiyā āpatti dukkaṭassa. Vijahite āpatti pācittiyassa.

Hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvā santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yakkhena vā petena vā paṇḍakena vā tiracchānagatamanussaviggahena vā saddhiṃ santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

853. Anāpatti yo koci viññū dutiyo hoti, arahopekkhā, aññavihitā santiṭṭhati vā sallapati vā, na anācāraṃ ācaritukāmā, sati karaṇīye dutiyikaṃ bhikkhuniṃ uyyojeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

5. Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ

854. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī aññatarassa kulassa kulūpikā hoti niccabhattikā. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena taṃ kulaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āsane nisīditvā sāmike anāpucchā pakkāmi. Tassa kulassa dāsī gharaṃ sammajjantī taṃ āsanaṃ bhājanantarikāya pakkhipi. Manussā taṃ āsanaṃ apassantā taṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kahaṃ taṃ, ayye, āsana’’nti? ‘‘Nāhaṃ taṃ, āvuso, āsanaṃ passāmī’’ti. ‘‘Dethāyye, taṃ āsana’’nti paribhāsitvā niccabhattaṃ pacchindiṃsu. Atha kho te manussā gharaṃ sodhentā taṃ āsanaṃ bhājanantarikāya passitvā taṃ bhikkhuniṃ khamāpetvā niccabhattaṃ paṭṭhapesuṃ. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī purebhattaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamitvā āsane nisīditvā sāmike anāpucchā pakkamissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī purebhattaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamitvā āsane nisīditvā sāmike anāpucchā pakkamatīti [pakkamīti (ka.)]? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave bhikkhunī purebhattaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamitvā āsane nisīditvā sāmike anāpucchā pakkamissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

855.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī purebhattaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamitvā āsane nisīditvā sāmike anāpucchā pakkameyya, pācittiya’’nti.

856.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Purebhattaṃ nāma aruṇuggamanaṃ upādāya yāva majjhanhikā.

Kulaṃ nāma cattāri kulāni – khattiyakulaṃ, brāhmaṇakulaṃ, vessakulaṃ, suddakulaṃ. Upasaṅkamitvāti tattha gantvā.

Āsanaṃ nāma pallaṅkassa okāso vuccati. Nisīditvāti tasmiṃ nisīditvā.

Sāmike anāpucchā pakkameyyāti yo tasmiṃ kule manusso viññū taṃ anāpucchā anovassakaṃ atikkāmentiyā āpatti pācittiyassa. Ajjhokāse upacāraṃ atikkāmentiyā āpatti pācittiyassa.

857. Anāpucchite anāpucchitasaññā pakkamati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anāpucchite vematikā pakkamati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anāpucchite āpucchitasaññā pakkamati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Pallaṅkassa anokāse āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āpucchite anāpucchitasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āpucchite vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āpucchite āpucchitasaññā, anāpatti.

858. Anāpatti āpucchā gacchati, asaṃhārime, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ



852.若那位:即无论是何种...比丘尼:...在此意义中所指的比丘尼。
街道:是指道路。十字路口:是指进出同一处的地方。三岔路口:是指广场。
男子:是指人类男子,不是夜叉、饿鬼、畜生,有理智能力站立交谈者。
与:一起。单独:只有男子和比丘尼。
站立:站在男子伸手可及的范围内,犯波逸提。
交谈:站在男子伸手可及的范围内交谈,犯波逸提。
耳语:在男子耳边说话,犯波逸提。
打发陪同的比丘尼离开:想要做不正当行为而打发陪同的比丘尼离开,犯恶作。离开视线范围或听力范围,犯恶作。离开后,犯波逸提。
离开伸手可及的范围站立或交谈,犯恶作。与夜叉、饿鬼、黄门、畜生变化的人形站立或交谈,犯恶作。
853.无犯的情况:有任何一位有理智的人作为第二人、有值得尊敬的人在场、心不在焉地站立或交谈、不是想要做不正当行为、因事而打发陪同的比丘尼离开、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第四学处结束。
第五学处
当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,有一位比丘尼是某家的常客,经常在那里用餐。然后那位比丘尼在上午穿好衣服,拿着钵和衣前往那家;到了后坐在座位上,未告知主人就离开。那家的女仆在打扫房子时,把那座位放在器皿中间。人们看不到那座位,就对那位比丘尼说:"大德,那座位在哪里?"她回答说:"朋友们,我没看到那座位。""大德,请给我们那座位。"他们责备后停止了常供。然后那些人在清理房子时,看到那座位在器皿中间,就向那位比丘尼道歉并恢复了常供。然后那位比丘尼把这件事告诉比丘尼们。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"比丘尼怎么会在午前前往居士家,坐在座位上,未告知主人就离开呢!"...诸比丘,比丘尼真的在午前前往居士家,坐在座位上,未告知主人就离开吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,比丘尼怎么会在午前前往居士家,坐在座位上,未告知主人就离开呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
855."若比丘尼在午前前往居士家,坐在座位上,未告知主人就离开者,波逸提。"
856.若那位:即无论是何种...比丘尼:...在此意义中所指的比丘尼。
午前:是指从日出到中午。
居士家:是指四种家族 - 刹帝利家、婆罗门家、吠舍家、首陀罗家。前往:是指去到那里。
座位:是指长凳的位置。坐:是指坐在那里。
未告知主人就离开:不告知那家中有理智的人就离开,跨过屋檐,犯波逸提。在露天处越过边界,犯波逸提。
未告知而认为未告知离开,犯波逸提。未告知而有疑离开,犯波逸提。未告知而认为已告知离开,犯波逸提。
不是长凳的位置,犯恶作。已告知而认为未告知,犯恶作。已告知而有疑,犯恶作。已告知而认为已告知,无犯。
858.无犯的情况:告知后离开、不能移动的座位、生病、有危难、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第五学处结束。
第六学处

859. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī pacchābhattaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamitvā sāmike anāpucchā āsane abhinisīdatipi abhinipajjatipi. Manussā thullanandaṃ bhikkhuniṃ hirīyamānā āsane neva abhinisīdanti na abhinipajjanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā pacchābhattaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamitvā sāmike anāpucchā āsane abhinisīdissatipi abhinipajjissatipī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā pacchābhattaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamitvā sāmike anāpucchā āsane abhinisīdissatipi abhinipajjissatipī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī pacchābhattaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamitvā sāmike anāpucchā āsane abhinisīdatipi abhinipajjatipīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave , thullanandā bhikkhunī pacchābhattaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamitvā sāmike anāpucchā āsane abhinisīdissatipi abhinipajjissatipi! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

860.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī pacchābhattaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamitvā sāmike anāpucchā āsane abhinisīdeyya vā abhinipajjeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

861.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Pacchābhattaṃ nāma majjhanhike vītivatte yāva atthaṅgate sūriye.

Kulaṃ nāma cattāri kulāni – khattiyakulaṃ, brāhmaṇakulaṃ, vessakulaṃ, suddakulaṃ. Upasaṅkamitvāti tattha gantvā.

Sāmike anāpucchāti yo tasmiṃ kule manusso sāmiko dātuṃ, taṃ anāpucchā.

Āsanaṃ nāma pallaṅkassa okāso vuccati.

Abhinisīdeyyāti tasmiṃ abhinisīdati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Abhinipajjeyyāti tasmiṃ abhinipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

862. Anāpucchite anāpucchitasaññā āsane abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anāpucchite vematikā āsane abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anāpucchite āpucchitasaññā āsane abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Pallaṅkassa anokāse āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āpucchite anāpucchitasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Āpucchite vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āpucchite āpucchitasaññā, anāpatti.

863. Anāpatti āpucchā āsane abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, dhuvapaññatte, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

7. Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ



当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,偷兰难陀比丘尼在午后前往居士家,未告知主人就坐在座位上或躺在座位上。人们因为羞于偷兰难陀比丘尼,既不坐在座位上也不躺在座位上。人们抱怨、批评、责备说:"大德偷兰难陀怎么会在午后前往居士家,未告知主人就坐在座位上或躺在座位上呢!"比丘尼们听到那些人的抱怨、批评、责备。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"大德偷兰难陀怎么会在午后前往居士家,未告知主人就坐在座位上或躺在座位上呢!"...诸比丘,偷兰难陀比丘尼真的在午后前往居士家,未告知主人就坐在座位上或躺在座位上吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,偷兰难陀比丘尼怎么会在午后前往居士家,未告知主人就坐在座位上或躺在座位上呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
860."若比丘尼在午后前往居士家,未告知主人就坐在座位上或躺在座位上者,波逸提。"
861.若那位:即无论是何种...比丘尼:...在此意义中所指的比丘尼。
午后:是指从中午过后到日落。
居士家:是指四种家族 - 刹帝利家、婆罗门家、吠舍家、首陀罗家。前往:是指去到那里。
未告知主人:不告知那家中有权给予的主人。
座位:是指长凳的位置。
坐:坐在那里,犯波逸提。
躺:躺在那里,犯波逸提。
未告知而认为未告知坐在座位上或躺在座位上,犯波逸提。未告知而有疑坐在座位上或躺在座位上,犯波逸提。未告知而认为已告知坐在座位上或躺在座位上,犯波逸提。
不是长凳的位置,犯恶作。已告知而认为未告知,犯恶作。已告知而有疑,犯恶作。已告知而认为已告知,无犯。
863.无犯的情况:告知后坐在座位上或躺在座位上、常设的座位、生病、有危难、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第六学处结束。
第七学处

864. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhuniyo kosalesu janapade sāvatthiṃ gacchantiyo sāyaṃ aññataraṃ gāmaṃ upagantvā aññataraṃ brāhmaṇakulaṃ upasaṅkamitvā okāsaṃ yāciṃsu. Atha kho sā brāhmaṇī tā bhikkhuniyo etadavoca – ‘‘āgametha, ayye, yāva brāhmaṇo āgacchatī’’ti. Bhikkhuniyo – ‘‘yāva brāhmaṇo āgacchatī’’ti seyyaṃ santharitvā ekaccā nisīdiṃsu ekaccā nipajjiṃsu. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo rattiṃ āgantvā taṃ brāhmaṇiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kā imā’’ti? ‘‘Bhikkhuniyo, ayyā’’ti. ‘‘Nikkaḍḍhatha imā muṇḍā bandhakiniyo’’ti, gharato nikkaḍḍhāpesi. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo vikāle kulāni upasaṅkamitvā sāmike anāpucchā seyyaṃ santharitvā abhinisīdissantipi abhinipajjissantipī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo vikāle kulāni upasaṅkamitvā sāmike anāpucchā seyyaṃ santharitvā abhinisīdantipi abhinipajjantipīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo vikāle kulāni upasaṅkamitvā sāmike anāpucchā seyyaṃ santharitvā abhinisīdissantipi abhinipajjissantipi! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

865.‘‘Yāpana bhikkhunī vikāle kulāni upasaṅkamitvā sāmike anāpucchā seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā abhinisīdeyya vā abhinipajjeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

866.Yāpanāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Vikālo nāma atthaṅgate sūriye yāva aruṇuggamanā.

Kulaṃ nāma cattāri kulāni – khattiyakulaṃ, brāhmaṇakulaṃ, vessakulaṃ suddakulaṃ. Upasaṅkamitvāti tattha gantvā.

Sāmike anāpucchāti yo tasmiṃ kule manusso sāmiko dātuṃ, taṃ anāpucchā.

Seyyaṃ nāma antamaso paṇṇasanthāropi. Santharitvāti sayaṃ santharitvā. Santharāpetvāti aññaṃ santharāpetvā. Abhinisīdeyyāti tasmiṃ abhinisīdati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Abhinipajjeyyāti tasmiṃ abhinipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

867. Anāpucchite anāpucchitasaññā seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anāpucchite vematikā seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anāpucchite āpucchitasaññā seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āpucchite anāpucchitasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āpucchite vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āpucchite āpucchitasaññā, anāpatti.

868. Anāpatti āpucchā seyyaṃ santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

8. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ

869. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhaddāya kāpilāniyā antevāsinī bhikkhunī bhaddaṃ kāpilāniṃ sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭheti. Bhaddā kāpilānī bhikkhuniyo etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ maṃ, ayye, bhikkhunī sakkacaṃ upaṭṭheti, imissāhaṃ cīvaraṃ dassāmī’’ti. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī duggahitena dūpadhāritena paraṃ ujjhāpesi – ‘‘ahaṃ kirāyye, ayyaṃ na sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭhemi, na kira me ayyā cīvaraṃ dassatī’’ti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī duggahitena dūpadhāritena paraṃ ujjhāpessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī duggahitena dūpadhāritena paraṃ ujjhāpetīti [ujjhāpesīti (ka.)]? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī duggahitena dūpadhāritena paraṃ ujjhāpessati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

870.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī duggahitena dūpadhāritena paraṃ ujjhāpeyya, pācittiya’’nti.



当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,许多比丘尼从拘萨罗国(现今印度北方邦)前往舍卫城,傍晚到达一个村庄,前往一户婆罗门家请求住处。那位婆罗门妇人对那些比丘尼说:"大德们,请等待婆罗门回来。"比丘尼们想:"等待婆罗门回来",就铺设卧具,有些坐下,有些躺下。然后那位婆罗门晚上回来,问那位婆罗门妇人:"这些是谁?"她回答说:"大人,是比丘尼们。""把这些秃头妓女赶出去!"他把她们赶出家门。然后那些比丘尼到达舍卫城后,把这件事告诉比丘尼们。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"比丘尼们怎么会在非时前往居士家,未告知主人就铺设卧具坐下或躺下呢!"...诸比丘,比丘尼们真的在非时前往居士家,未告知主人就铺设卧具坐下或躺下吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,比丘尼们怎么会在非时前往居士家,未告知主人就铺设卧具坐下或躺下呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
865."若比丘尼在非时前往居士家,未告知主人就铺设或令铺设卧具坐下或躺下者,波逸提。"
866.若那位:即无论是何种...比丘尼:...在此意义中所指的比丘尼。
非时:是指从日落到日出。
居士家:是指四种家族 - 刹帝利家、婆罗门家、吠舍家、首陀罗家。前往:是指去到那里。
未告知主人:不告知那家中有权给予的主人。
卧具:至少是树叶铺设的。铺设:自己铺设。令铺设:命令他人铺设。坐下:坐在那里,犯波逸提。躺下:躺在那里,犯波逸提。
未告知而认为未告知铺设或令铺设卧具坐下或躺下,犯波逸提。未告知而有疑铺设或令铺设卧具坐下或躺下,犯波逸提。未告知而认为已告知铺设或令铺设卧具坐下或躺下,犯波逸提。
已告知而认为未告知,犯恶作。已告知而有疑,犯恶作。已告知而认为已告知,无犯。
868.无犯的情况:告知后铺设或令铺设卧具坐下或躺下、生病、有危难、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第七学处结束。
第八学处
当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,跋陀迦毗罗尼的一位女弟子比丘尼恭敬地侍奉跋陀迦毗罗尼。跋陀迦毗罗尼对比丘尼们说:"大德们,这位比丘尼恭敬地侍奉我,我要给她衣服。"然后那位比丘尼因误解而诽谤他人说:"大德们,据说我不恭敬地侍奉大德,据说大德不会给我衣服。"那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"比丘尼怎么会因误解而诽谤他人呢!"...诸比丘,比丘尼真的因误解而诽谤他人吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,比丘尼怎么会因误解而诽谤他人呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
870."若比丘尼因误解而诽谤他人者,波逸提。"

871.Yāpanāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Duggahitenāti aññathā gahitena [uggahitena (ka.)].

Dūpadhāritenāti aññathā upadhāritena.

Paranti upasampannaṃ ujjhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

872. Upasampannāya upasampannasaññā ujjhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya vematikā ujjhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya anupasampannasaññā ujjhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Anupasampannaṃ ujjhāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya upasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya anupasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

873. Anāpatti ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

9. Navamasikkhāpadaṃ

874. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo attano bhaṇḍakaṃ apassantiyo caṇḍakāḷiṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘apāyye, amhākaṃ, bhaṇḍakaṃ passeyyāsī’’ti? Caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘ahameva nūna corī, ahameva nūna alajjinī, yā ayyāyo attano bhaṇḍakaṃ apassantiyo tā maṃ evamāhaṃsu – ‘apāyye, amhākaṃ bhaṇḍakaṃ passeyyāsī’ti? Sacāhaṃ, ayye, tumhākaṃ bhaṇḍakaṃ gaṇhāmi, assamaṇī homi, brahmacariyā cavāmi, nirayaṃ upapajjāmi; yā pana maṃ abhūtena evamāha sāpi assamaṇī hotu, brahmacariyā cavatu, nirayaṃ upapajjatū’’ti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā caṇḍakāḷī attānampi parampi nirayenapi brahmacariyenapi abhisapissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī attānampi parampi nirayenapi brahmacariyenapi abhisapatīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī attānampi parampi nirayenapi brahmacariyenapi abhisapissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

875.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī attānaṃ vā paraṃ vā nirayena vā brahmacariyena vā abhisapeyya, pācittiyya’’nti.

876.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Attānanti paccattaṃ. Paranti upasampannaṃ. Nirayena vā brahmacariyena vā abhisapati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

877. Upasampannāya upasampannasaññā nirayena vā brahmacariyena vā abhisapati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya vematikā nirayena vā brahmacariyena vā abhisapati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya anupasampannasaññā nirayena vā brahmacariyena vā abhisapati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Tiracchānayoniyā vā pettivisayena vā manussadobhaggena vā abhisapati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannaṃ abhisapati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya upasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya anupasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

878. Anāpatti atthapurekkhārāya, dhammapurekkhārāya, anusāsanipurekkhārāya, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Navamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

10. Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ

879. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍitvā attānaṃ vadhitvā vadhitvā rodati. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā caṇḍakāḷī attānaṃ vadhitvā vadhitvā rodissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī attānaṃ vadhitvā vadhitvā rodatīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī attānaṃ vadhitvā vadhitvā rodissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

880.‘‘Yāpana bhikkhunī attānaṃ vadhitvā vadhitvā rodeyya, pācittiya’’nti.



871.若那位:即无论是何种...比丘尼:...在此意义中所指的比丘尼。
误解:错误理解。
误解:错误理解。
诽谤已受具足戒者,犯波逸提。
对已受具足戒者认为是已受具足戒者而诽谤,犯波逸提。对已受具足戒者有疑而诽谤,犯波逸提。对已受具足戒者认为是未受具足戒者而诽谤,犯波逸提。
诽谤未受具足戒者,犯恶作。对未受具足戒者认为是已受具足戒者,犯恶作。对未受具足戒者有疑,犯恶作。对未受具足戒者认为是未受具足戒者,犯恶作。
873.无犯的情况:精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第八学处结束。
第九学处
当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,比丘尼们找不到自己的物品,就对旃荼迦利比丘尼说:"大德,你有看到我们的物品吗?"旃荼迦利比丘尼抱怨、批评、责备说:"难道只有我是贼,只有我是无耻的吗?大德们找不到自己的物品,就对我这样说:'大德,你有看到我们的物品吗?'大德们,如果我拿了你们的物品,我就不是沙门尼,就失去梵行,就会堕入地狱;如果有人用不实之事这样说我,愿她也不是沙门尼,失去梵行,堕入地狱。"那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"大德旃荼迦利怎么会用地狱和梵行诅咒自己和他人呢!"...诸比丘,旃荼迦利比丘尼真的用地狱和梵行诅咒自己和他人吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,旃荼迦利比丘尼怎么会用地狱和梵行诅咒自己和他人呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
875."若比丘尼用地狱或梵行诅咒自己或他人者,波逸提。"
876.若那位:即无论是何种...比丘尼:...在此意义中所指的比丘尼。
自己:自身。他人:已受具足戒者。用地狱或梵行诅咒,犯波逸提。
对已受具足戒者认为是已受具足戒者而用地狱或梵行诅咒,犯波逸提。对已受具足戒者有疑而用地狱或梵行诅咒,犯波逸提。对已受具足戒者认为是未受具足戒者而用地狱或梵行诅咒,犯波逸提。
用畜生道或饿鬼道或人间不幸诅咒,犯恶作。诅咒未受具足戒者,犯恶作。对未受具足戒者认为是已受具足戒者,犯恶作。对未受具足戒者有疑,犯恶作。对未受具足戒者认为是未受具足戒者,犯恶作。
878.无犯的情况:为义利而说、为法而说、为教诫而说、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第九学处结束。
第十学处
当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,旃荼迦利比丘尼与比丘尼们争吵后,一再打自己并哭泣。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"大德旃荼迦利怎么会一再打自己并哭泣呢!"...诸比丘,旃荼迦利比丘尼真的一再打自己并哭泣吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,旃荼迦利比丘尼怎么会一再打自己并哭泣呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
880."若比丘尼一再打自己并哭泣者,波逸提。"

881.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Attānanti paccattaṃ. Vadhitvā vadhitvā rodati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Vadhati na rodati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Rodati na vadhati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

882. Anāpatti ñātibyasanena vā bhogabyasanena vā rogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhā rodati na vadhati, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Andhakāravaggo dutiyo.

3. Naggavaggo

1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ

883. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā [mahāva. 350] bhikkhuniyo aciravatiyā nadiyā vesiyāhi saddhiṃ naggā ekatitthe nahāyanti. Vesiyā tā bhikkhuniyo uppaṇḍesuṃ – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho nāma tumhākaṃ, ayye, daharānaṃ [daharānaṃ daharānaṃ (sī.)] brahmacariyaṃ ciṇṇena, nanu nāma kāmā paribhuñjitabbā ! Yadā jiṇṇā bhavissatha tadā brahmacariyaṃ carissatha. Evaṃ tumhākaṃ ubho atthā pariggahitā bhavissantī’’ti. Bhikkhuniyo vesiyāhi uppaṇḍiyamānā maṅkū ahesuṃ. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo upassayaṃ gantvā bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmi dasa atthavase paṭicca – saṅghasuṭṭhutāya…pe… vinayānuggahāya. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

884.‘‘Yāpana bhikkhunī naggā nahāyeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

885.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Naggā nahāyeyyāti anivatthā vā apārutā vā nahāyati, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Nahānapariyosāne āpatti pācittiyassa.

886. Anāpatti acchinnacīvarikāya vā naṭṭhacīvarikāya vā, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

2. Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ

887. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavatā bhikkhunīnaṃ [mahāva. 351] udakasāṭikā anuññātā hoti . Chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo – ‘‘bhagavatā udakasāṭikā anuññātā’’ti appamāṇikāyo udakasāṭikāyo dhāresuṃ [dhārenti (pāci. 531-545)]. Puratopi pacchatopi ākaḍḍhantā āhiṇḍanti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo appamāṇikāyo udakasāṭikāyo dhāressantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo appamāṇikāyo udakasāṭikāyo dhārentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo appamāṇikāyo udakasāṭikāyo dhāressanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

888.‘‘Udakasāṭikaṃ pana bhikkhuniyā kārayamānāya pamāṇikā kāretabbā. Tatridaṃ pamāṇaṃ – dīghaso catasso vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ dve vidatthiyo. Taṃ atikkāmentiyā chedanakaṃ pācittiya’’nti.

889.Udakasāṭikā nāma yāya nivatthā [nivatthāya (syā.)] nahāyati.

Kārayamānāyāti karontiyā vā kārāpentiyā vā.

Pamāṇikā kāretabbā. Tatridaṃ pamāṇaṃ – dīghaso catasso vidatthiyo, sugatavidatthiyā; tiriyaṃ dve vidatthiyo. Taṃ atikkāmetvā karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭilābhena chinditvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.

890. Attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa . Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññassatthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

891. Anāpatti pamāṇikaṃ karoti, ūnakaṃ karoti, aññena kataṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ paṭilabhitvā chinditvā paribhuñjati, vitānaṃ vā bhūmattharaṇaṃ vā sāṇipākāraṃ vā bhisiṃ vā bibbohanaṃ vā karoti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.



881.若那位:即无论是何种...比丘尼:...在此意义中所指的比丘尼。
自己:自身。一再打自己并哭泣,犯波逸提。打而不哭,犯恶作。哭而不打,犯恶作。
882.无犯的情况:因亲属遭遇不幸或财产遭遇不幸或疾病遭遇不幸而哭泣不打、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第十学处结束。
黑暗品第二。
裸体品
第一学处
当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,许多比丘尼在阿奇罗瓦蒂河(现今印度北方邦的拉普蒂河)与妓女们一起在同一渡口裸体洗浴。妓女们嘲笑那些比丘尼说:"大德们,你们年轻时修梵行有什么用呢,难道不应该享受欲乐吗!等你们老了再修梵行吧。这样你们就两全其美了。"比丘尼们被妓女们嘲笑后感到羞愧。然后那些比丘尼回到住处后把这件事告诉比丘尼们。比丘尼们把这件事告诉比丘们。比丘们把这件事告诉世尊。然后世尊以此因缘、以此事由作了法说后,对比丘们说:"因此,比丘们,我将为比丘尼们制定学处,基于十种理由:为了僧团的优越...为了律的摄受。比丘们,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
884."若比丘尼裸体洗浴者,波逸提。"
885.若那位:即无论是何种...比丘尼:...在此意义中所指的比丘尼。
裸体洗浴:不穿衣服或敞开衣服洗浴,行为时犯恶作。洗浴结束时犯波逸提。
886.无犯的情况:衣服被抢或衣服丢失、有危难、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第一学处结束。
第二学处
当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,世尊允许比丘尼们使用浴衣。六群比丘尼想:"世尊允许使用浴衣",就穿着不合尺寸的浴衣。她们前后拉扯着走来走去。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"六群比丘尼怎么会穿着不合尺寸的浴衣呢!"...诸比丘,六群比丘尼真的穿着不合尺寸的浴衣吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,六群比丘尼怎么会穿着不合尺寸的浴衣呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
888."比丘尼制作浴衣时应当按尺寸制作。这是尺寸:长四张手,善逝张手;宽两张手。超过这个尺寸者,应当割截,波逸提。"
889.浴衣:是指穿着它洗浴的衣服。
制作:自己做或命人做。
应当按尺寸制作。这是尺寸:长四张手,善逝张手;宽两张手。超过这个尺寸做或命人做,行为时犯恶作。获得后应当割截并忏悔波逸提。
自己未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提。自己未完成的他人完成,犯波逸提。他人未完成的自己完成,犯波逸提。他人未完成的他人完成,犯波逸提。
为他人做或命人做,犯恶作。获得他人做的过大浴衣而使用,犯恶作。
891.无犯的情况:按尺寸做、做小的、获得他人做的过大浴衣后割截使用、做天篷或地毯或帘子或床垫或枕头、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第二学处结束。

3. Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ

892. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarissā bhikkhuniyā mahagghe cīvaradusse cīvaraṃ dukkaṭaṃ hoti dussibbitaṃ. Thullanandā bhikkhunī taṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sundaraṃ kho idaṃ te, ayye, cīvaradussaṃ; cīvarañca kho dukkaṭaṃ dussibbita’’nti. ‘‘Visibbemi, ayye, sibbissasī’’ti? ‘‘Āmāyye, sibbissāmī’’ti. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī taṃ cīvaraṃ visibbetvā thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā adāsi. Thullanandā bhikkhunī – ‘‘sibbissāmi sibbissāmī’’ti neva sibbati na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṃ karoti. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ visibbāpetvā neva sibbissati na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ visibbāpetvā neva sibbati na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṃ karotīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ visibbāpetvā neva sibbissati na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

893.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ visibbetvā vā visibbāpetvā vā sā pacchā anantarāyikinī neva sibbeyya na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṃ kareyya, aññatra catūhapañcāhā, pācittiya’’nti.

894.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Bhikkhuniyāti aññāya bhikkhuniyā.

Cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ.

Visibbetvāti sayaṃ visibbetvā. Visibbāpetvāti aññaṃ visibbāpetvā.

Sā pacchā anantarāyikinīti asati antarāye.

Neva sibbeyyāti na sayaṃ sibbeyya. Na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṃ kareyyāti na aññaṃ āṇāpeyya.

Aññatracatūhapañcāhāti ṭhapetvā catūhapañcāhaṃ. ‘‘Neva sibbissāmi na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissāmī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte āpatti pācittiyassa.

895. Upasampannāya upasampannasaññā cīvaraṃ visibbetvā vā visibbāpetvā vā sā pacchā anantarāyikinī neva sibbati na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṃ karoti, aññatra catūhapañcāhā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya vematikā cīvaraṃ visibbetvā vā visibbāpetvā vā sā pacchā anantarāyikinī neva sibbati na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṃ karoti, aññatra catūhapañcāhā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya anupasampannasaññā cīvaraṃ visibbetvā vā visibbāpetvā vā sā pacchā anantarāyikinī neva sibbati na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṃ karoti, aññatra catūhapañcāhā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ visibbetvā vā visibbāpetvā vā sā pacchā anantarāyikinī neva sibbati na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṃ karoti, aññatra catūhapañcāhā, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Anupasampannāya cīvaraṃ vā aññaṃ vā parikkhāraṃ visibbetvā vā visibbāpetvā vā sā pacchā anantarāyikinī neva sibbati na sibbāpanāya ussukkaṃ karoti, aññatra catūhapañcāhā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya upasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya anupasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

896. Anāpatti sati antarāye, pariyesitvā na labhati, karontī catūhapañcāhaṃ atikkāmeti, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

4. Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ



第三学处
当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,有一位比丘尼的贵重衣料做成的衣服做得不好,缝得不好。偷兰难陀比丘尼对那位比丘尼说:"大德,你这件衣料很好,但衣服做得不好,缝得不好。""大德,我拆开,你缝吗?""是的,大德,我会缝。"然后那位比丘尼拆开那件衣服后交给偷兰难陀比丘尼。偷兰难陀比丘尼说"我会缝,我会缝",但既不缝也不努力让人缝。然后那位比丘尼把这件事告诉比丘尼们。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"大德偷兰难陀怎么会让比丘尼拆开衣服后既不缝也不努力让人缝呢!"...诸比丘,偷兰难陀比丘尼真的让比丘尼拆开衣服后既不缝也不努力让人缝吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,偷兰难陀比丘尼怎么会让比丘尼拆开衣服后既不缝也不努力让人缝呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
893."若比丘尼拆开或让人拆开比丘尼的衣服后,她后来没有障碍却既不缝也不努力让人缝,除了四五天外,波逸提。"
894.若那位:即无论是何种...比丘尼:...在此意义中所指的比丘尼。
比丘尼的:其他比丘尼的。
衣服:是指六种衣服中的任何一种衣服。
拆开:自己拆开。让人拆开:让他人拆开。
她后来没有障碍:没有障碍。
既不缝:自己不缝。不努力让人缝:不命令他人。
除了四五天外:除了四五天。"我既不缝也不努力让人缝"一放弃责任就犯波逸提。
对已受具足戒者认为是已受具足戒者,拆开或让人拆开衣服后,她后来没有障碍却既不缝也不努力让人缝,除了四五天外,犯波逸提。对已受具足戒者有疑,拆开或让人拆开衣服后,她后来没有障碍却既不缝也不努力让人缝,除了四五天外,犯波逸提。对已受具足戒者认为是未受具足戒者,拆开或让人拆开衣服后,她后来没有障碍却既不缝也不努力让人缝,除了四五天外,犯波逸提。
拆开或让人拆开其他物品后,她后来没有障碍却既不缝也不努力让人缝,除了四五天外,犯恶作。拆开或让人拆开未受具足戒者的衣服或其他物品后,她后来没有障碍却既不缝也不努力让人缝,除了四五天外,犯恶作。对未受具足戒者认为是已受具足戒者,犯恶作。对未受具足戒者有疑,犯恶作。对未受具足戒者认为是未受具足戒者,犯恶作。
896.无犯的情况:有障碍、寻找但找不到、做超过四五天、生病、有危难、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第三学处结束。
第四学处

897. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo bhikkhunīnaṃ hatthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā santaruttarena janapadacārikaṃ pakkamanti. Tāni cīvarāni ciraṃ nikkhittāni kaṇṇakitāni honti. Tāni bhikkhuniyo otāpenti. Bhikkhuniyo tā bhikkhuniyo etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kassimāni , ayye, cīvarāni kaṇṇakitānī’’ti? Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo bhikkhunīnaṃ hatthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā santaruttarena janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo bhikkhunīnaṃ hatthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā santaruttarena janapadacārikaṃ pakkamantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo bhikkhunīnaṃ hatthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā santaruttarena janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

898.‘‘Yā panabhikkhunī pañcāhikaṃ saṅghāṭicāraṃ[saṅghāṭivāraṃ (syā.)]atikkāmeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

899.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Pañcāhikaṃ saṅghāṭicāraṃ atikkāmeyyāti pañcamaṃ divasaṃ pañca cīvarāni neva nivāseti na pārupati na otāpeti, pañcamaṃ divasaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

900. Pañcāhātikkante atikkantasaññā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pañcāhātikkante vematikā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pañcāhātikkante anatikkantasaññā , āpatti pācittiyassa.

Pañcāhānatikkante atikkantasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Pañcāhānatikkante vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Pañcāhānatikkante anatikkantasaññā, anāpatti.

901. Anāpatti pañcamaṃ divasaṃ pañca cīvarāni nivāseti vā pārupati vā otāpeti vā, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

5. Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ

902. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī piṇḍāya caritvā allacīvaraṃ pattharitvā vihāraṃ pāvisi. Aññatarā bhikkhunī taṃ cīvaraṃ pārupitvā gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Sā nikkhamitvā bhikkhuniyo pucchi – ‘‘apāyye, mayhaṃ cīvaraṃ passeyyāthā’’ti? Bhikkhuniyo tassā bhikkhuniyā etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī mayhaṃ cīvaraṃ anāpucchā pārupissatī’’ti! Atha kho sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ anāpucchā pārupissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ anāpucchā pārupatīti [pārupīti (ka.)]? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ anāpucchā pārupissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

903.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī cīvarasaṅkamanīyaṃ dhāreyya, pācittiya’’nti.

904.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Cīvarasaṅkamanīyaṃ nāma upasampannāya pañcannaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ tassā vā adinnaṃ taṃ vā anāpucchā nivāseti vā pārupati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

905. Upasampannāya upasampannasaññā cīvarasaṅkamanīyaṃ dhāreti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya vematikā cīvarasaṅkamanīyaṃ dhāreti , āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya anupasampannasaññā cīvarasaṅkamanīyaṃ dhāreti, āpatti pācittiyassa .

Anupasampannāya cīvarasaṅkamanīyaṃ dhāreti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya upasampannasaññā , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya anupasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.



当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,比丘尼们把衣服放在比丘尼们手中后,只穿内衣和上衣就出发到乡间游行。那些衣服长期存放后生虫。比丘尼们晾晒那些衣服。比丘尼们对那些比丘尼说:"大德们,这些生虫的衣服是谁的?"然后那些比丘尼把这件事告诉比丘尼们。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"比丘尼们怎么会把衣服放在比丘尼们手中后,只穿内衣和上衣就出发到乡间游行呢!"...诸比丘,比丘尼们真的把衣服放在比丘尼们手中后,只穿内衣和上衣就出发到乡间游行吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,比丘尼们怎么会把衣服放在比丘尼们手中后,只穿内衣和上衣就出发到乡间游行呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
898."若比丘尼超过五日不轮换僧伽梨衣者,波逸提。"
899.若那位:即无论是何种...比丘尼:...在此意义中所指的比丘尼。
超过五日不轮换僧伽梨衣:第五天既不穿也不披也不晾晒五件衣服,超过第五天,犯波逸提。
超过五日而认为已超过,犯波逸提。超过五日而有疑,犯波逸提。超过五日而认为未超过,犯波逸提。
未超过五日而认为已超过,犯恶作。未超过五日而有疑,犯恶作。未超过五日而认为未超过,无犯。
901.无犯的情况:第五天穿或披或晾晒五件衣服、生病、有危难、精神错乱者、最初犯戒者。
第四学处结束。
第五学处
当时,佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。那时,有一位比丘尼乞食回来后,晾晒湿衣服就进入精舍。另一位比丘尼穿上那件衣服后进入村庄乞食。她出来后问比丘尼们:"大德们,你们有看到我的衣服吗?"比丘尼们把这件事告诉那位比丘尼。然后那位比丘尼抱怨、批评、责备说:"比丘尼怎么会未经我允许就穿我的衣服呢!"然后那位比丘尼把这件事告诉比丘尼们。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、责备说:"比丘尼怎么会未经比丘尼允许就穿比丘尼的衣服呢!"...诸比丘,比丘尼真的未经比丘尼允许就穿比丘尼的衣服吗?"是的,世尊。"佛陀世尊呵责说...诸比丘,比丘尼怎么会未经比丘尼允许就穿比丘尼的衣服呢!诸比丘,这不会使不信者生信...诸比丘,比丘尼们应当如是诵出此学处:
903."若比丘尼穿着应转让的衣服者,波逸提。"
904.若那位:即无论是何种...比丘尼:...在此意义中所指的比丘尼。
应转让的衣服:是指已受具足戒者的五件衣服中的任何一件衣服,未给予她或未经她允许就穿或披,犯波逸提。
对已受具足戒者认为是已受具足戒者,穿着应转让的衣服,犯波逸提。对已受具足戒者有疑,穿着应转让的衣服,犯波逸提。对已受具足戒者认为是未受具足戒者,穿着应转让的衣服,犯波逸提。
穿着未受具足戒者应转让的衣服,犯恶作。对未受具足戒者认为是已受具足戒者,犯恶作。对未受具足戒者有疑,犯恶作。对未受具足戒者认为是未受具足戒者,犯恶作。

906. Anāpatti sā vā deti, taṃ vā āpucchā nivāseti vā pārupati vā, acchinnacīvarikāya, naṭṭhacīvarikāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ

907. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā upaṭṭhākakulaṃ thullanandaṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavoca – ‘‘bhikkhunisaṅghassa, ayye, cīvaraṃ dassāmā’’ti. Thullanandā bhikkhunī – ‘‘tumhe bahukiccā bahukaraṇīyā’’ti antarāyaṃ akāsi. Tena kho pana samayena tassa kulassa gharaṃ ḍayhati. Te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā amhākaṃ deyyadhammaṃ antarāyaṃ karissati! Ubhayenāmha paribāhirā [parihīnā (sī.)], bhogehi ca puññena cā’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ . Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā gaṇassa cīvaralābhaṃ antarāyaṃ karissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī gaṇassa cīvaralābhaṃ antarāyaṃ akāsīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī gaṇassa cīvaralābhaṃ antarāyaṃ karissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

908.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī gaṇassa cīvaralābhaṃ antarāyaṃ kareyya, pācittiya’’nti.

909.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Gaṇo nāma bhikkhunisaṅgho vuccati.

Cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ vikappanupagaṃ pacchimaṃ.

Antarāyaṃkareyyāti ‘‘kathaṃ ime cīvaraṃ na [imaṃ cīvaraṃ (ka.)] dadeyyu’’nti antarāyaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ antarāyaṃ karoti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sambahulānaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ vā ekabhikkhuniyā vā anupasampannāya vā cīvaraṃ vā aññaṃ vā parikkhāraṃ antarāyaṃ karoti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

910. Anāpatti ānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā nivāreti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

7. Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ

911. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhunisaṅghassa akālacīvaraṃ uppannaṃ hoti. Atha kho bhikkhunisaṅgho taṃ cīvaraṃ bhājetukāmo sannipati. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā antevāsiniyo bhikkhuniyo pakkantā honti. Thullanandā bhikkhunī tā bhikkhuniyo etadavoca – ‘‘ayye, bhikkhuniyo pakkantā, na tāva cīvaraṃ bhājīyissatī’’ti. Cīvaravibhaṅgaṃ paṭibāhi. Bhikkhuniyo na tāva cīvaraṃ bhājīyissatīti pakkamiṃsu [vipakkamiṃsu (syā.)]. Thullanandā bhikkhunī antevāsinīsu bhikkhunīsu āgatāsu taṃ cīvaraṃ bhājāpesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā dhammikaṃ cīvaravibhaṅgaṃ paṭibāhissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī dhammikaṃ cīvaravibhaṅgaṃ paṭibāhatīti [paṭibāhīti (ka.)]? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī dhammikaṃ cīvaravibhaṅgaṃ paṭibāhissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

912.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī dhammikaṃ cīvaravibhaṅgaṃpaṭibāheyya, pācittiya’’nti.

913.Yāpanāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Dhammikonāma cīvaravibhaṅgo samaggo bhikkhunisaṅgho sannipatitvā bhājeti.

Paṭibāheyyāti kathaṃ imaṃ cīvaraṃ na bhājeyyāti [cīvaraṃ bhājeyyāti (ka.)] paṭibāhati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

914. Dhammike dhammikasaññā paṭibāhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammike vematikā paṭibāhati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhammike adhammikasaññā paṭibāhati, anāpatti. Adhammike dhammikasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammike vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammike adhammikasaññā, anāpatti.




以下是完整的直译：
无罪过：如果她给予，或者经她允许而穿着或披着，或者衣服被抢夺，或者衣服丢失，或者在危难时，或者她疯狂，或者她是始作者。
第五学处已结束。
第六学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，有一户施主家对比丘尼偷兰难陀说："尊者，我们要布施衣服给比丘尼僧团。"比丘尼偷兰难陀说："你们有很多事务要做"，从而阻碍了。恰好那时，那户人家的房子着火了。他们抱怨、批评、指责说："尊者偷兰难陀怎么能阻碍我们的布施呢！我们双重损失，既失去了财物又失去了功德。"比丘尼们听到了那些人的抱怨、批评和指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："尊者偷兰难陀怎么能阻碍僧团获得衣服呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀真的阻碍了僧团获得衣服吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀怎么能阻碍僧团获得衣服呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼阻碍僧团获得衣服，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
僧团：指比丘尼僧团。
衣服：指六种衣服中的任何一种可以分配的衣服。
阻碍：如果她想"他们怎么能不给这衣服"而加以阻碍，犯忏悔。如果阻碍获得其他用品，犯恶作。如果阻碍多位比丘尼或一位比丘尼或未受具足戒者获得衣服或其他用品，犯恶作。
无罪过：如果她指出不利之处而阻止，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第六学处已结束。
第七学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼僧团获得了非时衣。于是比丘尼僧团想要分配那衣服就集合了。那时，比丘尼偷兰难陀的学生比丘尼们离开了。比丘尼偷兰难陀对那些比丘尼说："尊者们，比丘尼们离开了，现在不会分配衣服。"她阻止了衣服的分配。比丘尼们想着"现在不会分配衣服"就离开了。比丘尼偷兰难陀在她的学生比丘尼们回来后分配了那衣服。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："尊者偷兰难陀怎么能阻止如法的衣服分配呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀真的阻止了如法的衣服分配吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀怎么能阻止如法的衣服分配呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼阻止如法的衣服分配，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
如法的衣服分配：指和合的比丘尼僧团集合后进行分配。
阻止：如果她想"怎么能不分配这衣服"而加以阻止，犯忏悔。
如法时认为如法而阻止，犯忏悔。如法时怀疑而阻止，犯恶作。如法时认为不如法而阻止，无罪。不如法时认为如法，犯恶作。不如法时怀疑，犯恶作。不如法时认为不如法，无罪。

915. Anāpatti ānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā paṭibāhati, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

8. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ

916. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī naṭānampi naṭakānampi laṅghakānampi sokajjhāyikānampi [sokasāyikānampi (sī.)] kumbhathūṇikānampi [kumbhathuṇikānampi (ka.)] samaṇacīvaraṃ deti – ‘‘mayhaṃ parisati [parisatiṃ (sī.)] vaṇṇaṃ bhāsathā’’ti. Naṭāpi naṭakāpi laṅghakāpi sokajjhāyikāpi kumbhathūṇikāpi thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā parisati vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti – ‘‘ayyā thullanandā bahussutā bhāṇikā visāradā paṭṭā dhammiṃ kathaṃ kātuṃ; detha ayyāya, karotha ayyāyā’’ti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā, tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā agārikassa samaṇacīvaraṃ dassatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī agārikassa samaṇacīvaraṃ detīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī agārikassa samaṇacīvaraṃ dassati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

917.‘‘Yāpana bhikkhunī agārikassa vā paribbājakassa vā paribbājikāya vā samaṇacīvaraṃ dadeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

918.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Agāriko nāma yo koci agāraṃ ajjhāvasati.

Paribbājako nāma bhikkhuñca sāmaṇerañca ṭhapetvā yo koci paribbājakasamāpanno.

Paribbājikā nāma bhikkhuniñca sikkhamānañca sāmaṇeriñca ṭhapetvā yā kāci paribbājikasamāpannā.

Samaṇacīvaraṃ nāma kappakataṃ vuccati. Deti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

919. Anāpatti mātāpitūnaṃ deti, tāvakālikaṃ deti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

9. Navamasikkhāpadaṃ

920. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā upaṭṭhākakulaṃ thullanandaṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sace mayaṃ, ayye, sakkoma, bhikkhunisaṅghassa cīvaraṃ dassāmā’’ti. Tena kho pana samayena vassaṃvuṭṭhā bhikkhuniyo cīvaraṃ bhājetukāmā sannipatiṃsu. Thullanandā bhikkhunī tā bhikkhuniyo etadavoca – ‘‘āgametha, ayye, atthi bhikkhunisaṅghassa cīvarapaccāsā’’ti. Bhikkhuniyo thullanandaṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘gacchāyye, taṃ cīvaraṃ jānāhī’’ti. Thullanandā bhikkhunī yena taṃ kulaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te manusse etadavoca – ‘‘dethāvuso, bhikkhunisaṅghassa cīvara’’nti. ‘‘Na mayaṃ, ayye, sakkoma bhikkhunisaṅghassa cīvaraṃ dātu’’nti . Thullanandā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā dubbalacīvarapaccāsāya cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī dubbalacīvarapaccāsāya cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmetīti [atikkāmesīti (ka.)]? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī dubbalacīvarapaccāsāya cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmessati ! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

921.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī dubbalacīvarapaccāsāya cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

922.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Dubbalacīvarapaccāsā nāma ‘‘sace mayaṃ sakkoma, dassāma karissāmā’’ti vācā bhinnā hoti.

Cīvarakālasamayo nāma anatthate kathine vassānassa pacchimo māso, atthate kathine pañca māsā.

Cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmeyyāti anatthate kathine vassānassa pacchimaṃ divasaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Atthate kathine kathinuddhāradivasaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.



以下是完整的直译：
无罪过：如果她指出不利之处而阻止，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第七学处已结束。
第八学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼偷兰难陀给予舞者、演员、杂技演员、吟诵者、鼓手沙门衣，说："在我的集会中赞美我。"舞者、演员、杂技演员、吟诵者、鼓手在比丘尼偷兰难陀的集会中赞美说："尊者偷兰难陀多闻、善说、勇敢、聪明、能讲说法；给予尊者，为尊者做事。"那些少欲的比丘尼们抱怨、批评、指责说："尊者偷兰难陀怎么能给在家人沙门衣呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀真的给在家人沙门衣吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀怎么能给在家人沙门衣呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼给予在家人或男游行者或女游行者沙门衣，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
在家人：指任何住在家中的人。
男游行者：除了比丘和沙弥外，指任何加入游行者团体的人。
女游行者：除了比丘尼、式叉摩那和沙弥尼外，指任何加入游行者团体的女性。
沙门衣：指已经做好的衣服。给予，犯忏悔。
无罪过：如果给予父母，如果暂时给予，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第八学处已结束。
第九学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。当时，有一户施主家对比丘尼偷兰难陀说："尊者，如果我们能够的话，我们会给比丘尼僧团衣服。"那时，度过雨安居的比丘尼们想要分配衣服就**了。比丘尼偷兰难陀对那些比丘尼说："尊者们，请等一等，比丘尼僧团还有衣服的希望。"比丘尼们对比丘尼偷兰难陀说："尊者，去了解那衣服的情况。"比丘尼偷兰难陀就去了那户人家；到达后对那些人说："朋友们，给予比丘尼僧团衣服。"他们说："尊者，我们不能给予比丘尼僧团衣服。"比丘尼偷兰难陀把这件事告诉了比丘尼们。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："尊者偷兰难陀怎么能因为微弱的衣服希望而让衣服时间过去呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀真的因为微弱的衣服希望而让衣服时间过去吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀怎么能因为微弱的衣服希望而让衣服时间过去呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼因为微弱的衣服希望而让衣服时间过去，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
微弱的衣服希望：指"如果我们能够的话，我们会给予、我们会做"这样的话已经说过。
衣服时间：指未展迦絺那时雨安居的最后一个月，已展迦絺那时五个月。
让衣服时间过去：如果未展迦絺那时让雨安居的最后一天过去，犯忏悔。如果已展迦絺那时让迦絺那撤除的那天过去，犯忏悔。

923. Dubbalacīvare dubbalacīvarasaññā cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dubbalacīvare vematikā cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dubbalacīvare adubbalacīvarasaññā cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmeti, anāpatti.

Adubbalacīvare dubbalacīvarasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adubbalacīvare vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adubbalacīvare adubbalacīvarasaññā, anāpatti.

924. Anāpatti ānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā nivāreti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Navamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

10. Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ

925. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarena upāsakena saṅghaṃ uddissa vihāro kārāpito hoti. So tassa vihārassa mahe ubhatosaṅghassa akālacīvaraṃ dātukāmo hoti. Tena kho pana samayena ubhatosaṅghassa kathinaṃ atthataṃ hoti. Atha kho so upāsako saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā kathinuddhāraṃ yāci. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kathinaṃ uddharituṃ. Evañca pana bhikkhave kathinaṃ uddharitabbaṃ. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

926. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho kathinaṃ uddhareyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Saṅgho kathinaṃ uddharati. Yassāyasmato khamati kathinassa uddhāro, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

‘‘Ubbhataṃ saṅghena kathinaṃ, khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

927. Atha kho so upāsako bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā kathinuddhāraṃ yāci. Thullanandā bhikkhunī – ‘‘cīvaraṃ amhākaṃ bhavissatī’’ti kathinuddhāraṃ paṭibāhi. Atha kho so upāsako ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo amhākaṃ kathinuddhāraṃ na dassantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tassa upāsakassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā dhammikaṃ kathinuddhāraṃ paṭibāhissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī dhammikaṃ kathinuddhāraṃ paṭibāhatīti [paṭibāhīti (ka.)]? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī dhammikaṃ kathinuddhāraṃ paṭibāhissati ! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

928.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī dhammikaṃ kathinuddhāraṃ paṭibāheyya, pācittiya’’nti.

929.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Dhammiko nāma kathinuddhāro samaggo bhikkhunisaṅgho sannipatitvā uddharati.

Paṭibāheyyāti ‘‘kathaṃ idaṃ kathinaṃ na uddhareyyā’’ti [kathinaṃ uddhareyyāti (ka.)] paṭibāhati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

930. Dhammike dhammikasaññā paṭibāhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammike vematikā paṭibāhati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhammike adhammikasaññā paṭibāhati, anāpatti. Adhammike dhammikasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammike vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammike adhammikasaññā, anāpatti.

931. Anāpatti anisaṃsaṃ dassetvā paṭibāhati, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti .

Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Naggavaggo tatiyo.

4. Tuvaṭṭavaggo

1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ



以下是完整的直译：
衣服微弱时认为衣服微弱而让衣服时间过去，犯忏悔。衣服微弱时怀疑而让衣服时间过去，犯恶作。衣服微弱时认为衣服不微弱而让衣服时间过去，无罪。
衣服不微弱时认为衣服微弱，犯恶作。衣服不微弱时怀疑，犯恶作。衣服不微弱时认为衣服不微弱，无罪。
无罪过：如果她指出不利之处而阻止，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第九学处已结束。
第十学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，有一位优婆塞为僧团建造了一座精舍。他想在那精舍的庆典上给两部僧团非时衣。那时，两部僧团已经展开迦絺那。于是那优婆塞去到僧团那里请求撤除迦絺那。他们把这件事告诉了世尊。于是世尊以此因缘、以此场合说了法，然后对比丘们说："比丘们，我允许撤除迦絺那。比丘们，应当如此撤除迦絺那。由一位有能力的比丘向僧团宣告：
"大德们，请僧团听我说。如果僧团已准备好，僧团应当撤除迦絺那。这是动议。
"大德们，请僧团听我说。僧团正在撤除迦絺那。哪位尊者同意撤除迦絺那，请保持沉默；哪位不同意，请说出来。
"僧团已经撤除迦絺那，僧团同意，因此保持沉默。我如此认定此事。"
然后那优婆塞去到比丘尼僧团那里请求撤除迦絺那。比丘尼偷兰难陀想"衣服将是我们的"而阻止撤除迦絺那。于是那优婆塞抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能不给我们撤除迦絺那呢！"比丘尼们听到了那优婆塞的抱怨、批评和指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："尊者偷兰难陀怎么能阻止如法的迦絺那撤除呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀真的阻止了如法的迦絺那撤除吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀怎么能阻止如法的迦絺那撤除呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼阻止如法的迦絺那撤除，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
如法的迦絺那撤除：指和合的比丘尼僧团集合后进行撤除。
阻止：如果她想"怎么能不撤除这迦絺那"而加以阻止，犯忏悔。
如法时认为如法而阻止，犯忏悔。如法时怀疑而阻止，犯恶作。如法时认为不如法而阻止，无罪。不如法时认为如法，犯恶作。不如法时怀疑，犯恶作。不如法时认为不如法，无罪。
无罪过：如果她指出不利之处而阻止，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第十学处已结束。
第三裸露品完成。
共享品
第一学处

932. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme . Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo dve ekamañce tuvaṭṭenti. Manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo dve ekamañce tuvaṭṭessanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo dve ekamañce tuvaṭṭessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo dve ekamañce tuvaṭṭentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo dve ekamañce tuvaṭṭessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

933.‘‘Yāpana bhikkhuniyo dve ekamañce tuvaṭṭeyyuṃ, pācittiya’’nti.

934.Yāpanāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhuniyoti upasampannāyo vuccanti.

Dve ekamañce tuvaṭṭeyyunti ekāya nipannāya aparā nipajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ubho vā nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Uṭṭhahitvā punappunaṃ nipajjanti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

935. Anāpatti ekāya nipannāya aparā nisīdati, ubho vā nisīdanti, ummattikānaṃ, ādikammikānanti.

Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

2. Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ

936. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo dve ekattharaṇapāvuraṇā tuvaṭṭenti. Manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo dve ekattharaṇapāvuraṇā tuvaṭṭessanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo dve ekattharaṇapāvuraṇā tuvaṭṭessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo dve ekattharaṇapāvuraṇā tuvaṭṭentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ , bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo dve ekattharaṇapāvuraṇā tuvaṭṭessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

937.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhuniyo dve ekattharaṇapāvuraṇā tuvaṭṭeyyuṃ, pācittiya’’nti.

938.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhuniyoti upasampannāyo vuccanti.

Dve ekattharaṇapāvuraṇā tuvaṭṭeyyunti taññeva attharitvā taññeva pārupanti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

939. Ekattharaṇapāvuraṇe ekattharaṇapāvuraṇasaññā tuvaṭṭenti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ekattharaṇapāvuraṇe vematikā tuvaṭṭenti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ekattharaṇapāvuraṇe nānattharaṇapāvuraṇasaññā tuvaṭṭenti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Ekattharaṇe nānāpāvuraṇe [nānāpāvuraṇasaññā (ka.)], āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nānattharaṇe ekapāvuraṇe [ekapāvuraṇasaññā (ka.)], āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nānattharaṇapāvuraṇe ekattharaṇapāvuraṇasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nānattharaṇapāvuraṇe vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nānattharaṇapāvuraṇe nānattharaṇapāvuraṇasaññā, anāpatti.

940. Anāpatti vavatthānaṃ dassetvā nipajjanti, ummattikānaṃ, ādikammikānanti.

Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

3. Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ



以下是完整的直译：
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们两人共用一张床。人们在参观精舍时看到后抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能两人共用一张床呢，就像在家享受欲乐的女人一样！"比丘尼们听到了那些人的抱怨、批评和指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能两人共用一张床呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的两人共用一张床吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能两人共用一张床呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼们两人共用一张床，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼们：指已受具足戒的人。
两人共用一张床：如果一人躺下后另一人躺下，犯忏悔。或者两人都躺下，犯忏悔。起来后再次躺下，犯忏悔。
无罪过：如果一人躺下另一人坐着，或者两人都坐着，如果她们疯狂，如果她们是始作者。
第一学处已结束。
第二学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们两人共用一条被褥。人们在参观精舍时看到后抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能两人共用一条被褥呢，就像在家享受欲乐的女人一样！"比丘尼们听到了那些人的抱怨、批评和指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能两人共用一条被褥呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的两人共用一条被褥吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能两人共用一条被褥呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼们两人共用一条被褥，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼们：指已受具足戒的人。
两人共用一条被褥：如果她们铺同一条又盖同一条，犯忏悔。
一条被褥时认为是一条被褥而共用，犯忏悔。一条被褥时怀疑而共用，犯忏悔。一条被褥时认为不是一条被褥而共用，犯忏悔。
一条铺盖不同条盖，犯恶作。不同条铺一条盖，犯恶作。不同条被褥时认为是一条被褥，犯恶作。不同条被褥时怀疑，犯恶作。不同条被褥时认为是不同条被褥，无罪。
无罪过：如果她们标明界限后躺下，如果她们疯狂，如果她们是始作者。
第二学处已结束。
第三学处

941. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī bahussutā hoti bhāṇikā visāradā paṭṭā dhammiṃ kathaṃ kātuṃ. Bhaddāpi kāpilānī bahussutā hoti bhāṇikā visāradā paṭṭā dhammiṃ kathaṃ kātuṃ uḷārasambhāvitā. Manussā – ‘‘ayyā bhaddā kāpilānī bahussutā bhāṇikā visāradā paṭṭā dhammiṃ kathaṃ kātuṃ uḷārasambhāvitā’’ti bhaddaṃ kāpilāniṃ paṭhamaṃ payirupāsitvā, pacchā thullanandaṃ bhikkhuniṃ payirupāsanti. Thullanandā bhikkhunī issāpakatā – ‘‘imā kira appicchā santuṭṭhā pavivittā asaṃsaṭṭhā yā imā saññattibahulā viññattibahulā viharantī’’ti bhaddāya kāpilāniyā purato caṅkamatipi tiṭṭhatipi nisīdatipi seyyampi kappeti uddisatipi uddisāpetipi sajjhāyampi karoti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā ayyāya bhaddāya kāpilāniyā sañcicca aphāsuṃ karissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī bhaddāya kāpilāniyā sañcicca aphāsuṃ karotīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī bhaddāya kāpilāniyā sañcicca aphāsuṃ karissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

942.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā sañcicca aphāsuṃ kareyya, pācittiya’’nti.

943.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Bhikkhuniyāti aññāya bhikkhuniyā.

Sañciccāti jānantī sañjānantī cecca abhivitaritvā vītikkamo.

Aphāsuṃ kareyyāti – ‘‘iminā imissā aphāsu bhavissatī’’ti anāpucchā purato caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti uddisati vā uddisāpeti vā sajjhāyaṃ vā karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

944. Upasampannāya upasampannasaññā sañcicca aphāsuṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya vematikā sañcicca aphāsuṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya anupasampannasaññā sañcicca aphāsuṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Anupasampannāya sañcicca aphāsuṃ karoti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya upasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya anupasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

945. Anāpatti na aphāsuṃ kattukāmā āpucchā purato caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti uddisati vā uddisāpeti vā sajjhāyaṃ vā karoti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

4. Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ

946. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī dukkhitaṃ sahajīviniṃ neva upaṭṭheti na upaṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karoti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā dukkhitaṃ sahajīviniṃ neva upaṭṭhessati na upaṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī dukkhitaṃ sahajīviniṃ neva upaṭṭheti na upaṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karotīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī dukkhitaṃ sahajīviniṃ neva upaṭṭhessati na upaṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

947.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī dukkhitaṃ sahajīviniṃ neva upaṭṭheyya na upaṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ kareyya, pācittiya’’nti.

948.Yāpanāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Dukkhitā nāma gilānā vuccati.

Sahajīvinī nāma saddhivihārinī vuccati.

Neva upaṭṭheyyāti na sayaṃ upaṭṭheyya.

Na upaṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ kareyyāti na aññaṃ āṇāpeyya .

‘‘Neva upaṭṭhessāmi, na upaṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissāmī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte āpatti pācittiyassa. Antevāsiniṃ vā anupasampannaṃ vā neva upaṭṭheti, na upaṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karoti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.



以下是完整的直译：
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼偷兰难陀多闻、善说、勇敢、聪明、能讲说法。比丘尼跋陀迦毗罗尼也多闻、善说、勇敢、聪明、能讲说法，受到高度尊敬。人们先拜访尊者跋陀迦毗罗尼，说："尊者跋陀迦毗罗尼多闻、善说、勇敢、聪明、能讲说法，受到高度尊敬"，然后才拜访比丘尼偷兰难陀。比丘尼偷兰难陀因嫉妒而说："这些人据说少欲、知足、远离、不交际，但她们却经常劝说、经常乞求"，然后在跋陀迦毗罗尼面前来回走动、站立、坐下、躺下、诵读、让人诵读、背诵。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："尊者偷兰难陀怎么能故意让尊者跋陀迦毗罗尼不舒服呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀真的故意让跋陀迦毗罗尼不舒服吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀怎么能故意让跋陀迦毗罗尼不舒服呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼故意让比丘尼不舒服，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
比丘尼：指其他比丘尼。
故意：知道、了解、有意图、刻意违犯。
让不舒服：想"这样会让她不舒服"，未经允许在她面前来回走动、站立、坐下、躺下、诵读、让人诵读或背诵，犯忏悔。
对已受具足戒者认为已受具足戒而故意让不舒服，犯忏悔。对已受具足戒者怀疑而故意让不舒服，犯忏悔。对已受具足戒者认为未受具足戒而故意让不舒服，犯忏悔。
对未受具足戒者故意让不舒服，犯恶作。对未受具足戒者认为已受具足戒，犯恶作。对未受具足戒者怀疑，犯恶作。对未受具足戒者认为未受具足戒，犯恶作。
无罪过：如果不是想让不舒服而经允许在她面前来回走动、站立、坐下、躺下、诵读、让人诵读或背诵，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第三学处已结束。
第四学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼偷兰难陀既不照顾生病的同住者，也不努力安排照顾。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："尊者偷兰难陀怎么能既不照顾生病的同住者，也不努力安排照顾呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀真的既不照顾生病的同住者，也不努力安排照顾吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀怎么能既不照顾生病的同住者，也不努力安排照顾呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼既不照顾生病的同住者，也不努力安排照顾，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
生病：指患病。
同住者：指共同生活者。
不照顾：指不亲自照顾。
不努力安排照顾：指不吩咐他人。
一旦决定"我既不照顾，也不努力安排照顾"，就犯忏悔。既不照顾学生或未受具足戒者，也不努力安排照顾，犯恶作。

949. Anāpatti sati antarāye, pariyesitvā na labhati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

5. Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ

950. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhaddā kāpilānī sākete vassaṃ upagatā hoti. Sā kenacideva karaṇīyena ubbāḷhā thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘sace me ayyā thullanandā upassayaṃ dadeyya āgaccheyyāmahaṃ sāvatthi’’nti. Thullanandā bhikkhunī evamāha – ‘‘āgacchatu, dassāmī’’ti. Atha kho bhaddā kāpilānī sāketā sāvatthiṃ agamāsi. Thullanandā bhikkhunī bhaddāya kāpilāniyā upassayaṃ adāsi. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī bahussutā hoti bhāṇikā visāradā paṭṭā dhammiṃ kathaṃ kātuṃ. Bhaddāpi kāpilānī bahussutā [bahussutāyeva (ka.)] hoti bhāṇikā visāradā paṭṭā dhammiṃ kathaṃ kātuṃ uḷārasambhāvitā. Manussā – ‘‘ayyā bhaddā kāpilānī bahussutā bhāṇikā visāradā paṭṭā dhammiṃ kathaṃ kātuṃ uḷārasambhāvitā’’ti bhaddaṃ kāpilāniṃ paṭhamaṃ payirupāsitvā pacchā thullanandaṃ bhikkhuniṃ payirupāsanti. Thullanandā bhikkhunī issāpakatā – ‘‘imā kira appicchā santuṭṭhā pavivittā asaṃsaṭṭhā yā imā saññattibahulā viññattibahulā viharantī’’ti kupitā anattamanā bhaddaṃ kāpilāniṃ upassayā nikkaḍḍhi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā ayyāya bhaddāya kāpilāniyā upassayaṃ datvā kupitā anattamanā nikkaḍḍhissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī bhaddāya kāpilāniyā upassayaṃ datvā kupitā anattamanā nikkaḍḍhatīti [nikkaḍḍhīti (ka.)]? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī bhaddāya kāpilāniyā upassayaṃ datvā kupitā anattamanā nikkaḍḍhissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

951.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā upassayaṃ datvā kupitā anattamanā nikkaḍḍheyya vā nikkaḍḍhāpeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

952.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Bhikkhuniyāti aññāya bhikkhuniyā. Upassayo nāma kavāṭabaddho vuccati. Datvāti sayaṃ datvā. Kupitā anattamanāti anabhiraddhā āhatacittā khilajātā.

Nikkaḍḍheyyāti gabbhe gahetvā pamukhaṃ nikkaḍḍhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pamukhe gahetvā bahi nikkaḍḍhati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ekena payogena bahukepi dvāre atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Nikkaḍḍhāpeyyāti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa [ettha ‘‘āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti sabbattha dissati, bhikkhuvibhaṅge pana idisesu āṇattisahagatasikkhāpadesu ‘‘aññaṃ āṇāpeti āpatti pācittiyassā’’ti āgatattā tamanuvattitvā visodhitamidaṃ]. Sakiṃ āṇattā bahukepi dvāre atikkāmeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

953. Upasampannāya upasampannasaññā upassayaṃ datvā kupitā anattamanā nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya vematikā upassayaṃ datvā kupitā anattamanā nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya anupasampannasaññā upassayaṃ datvā kupitā anattamanā nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Tassā parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Akavāṭabaddhā nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Tassā parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannaṃ kavāṭabaddhā vā akavāṭabaddhā vā nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Tassā parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya upasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya anupasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.



以下是完整的直译：
无罪过：如果有障碍，如果寻找但找不到，如果自己生病，如果遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第四学处已结束。
第五学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，跋陀迦毗罗尼在娑鸡多（现在的萨赫特）度过雨安居。她因某些事务而感到困扰，就派使者到比丘尼偷兰难陀那里说："如果尊者偷兰难陀能给我住处，我就会来舍卫城。"比丘尼偷兰难陀说："来吧，我会给你。"于是跋陀迦毗罗尼从娑鸡多来到舍卫城。比丘尼偷兰难陀给了跋陀迦毗罗尼住处。那时，比丘尼偷兰难陀多闻、善说、勇敢、聪明、能讲说法。跋陀迦毗罗尼也多闻、善说、勇敢、聪明、能讲说法，受到高度尊敬。人们说："尊者跋陀迦毗罗尼多闻、善说、勇敢、聪明、能讲说法，受到高度尊敬"，先拜访跋陀迦毗罗尼，然后才拜访比丘尼偷兰难陀。比丘尼偷兰难陀因嫉妒而说："这些人据说少欲、知足、远离、不交际，但她们却经常劝说、经常乞求"，生气不悦，把跋陀迦毗罗尼赶出住处。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："尊者偷兰难陀怎么能给了尊者跋陀迦毗罗尼住处后，又生气不悦地赶她出去呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀真的给了跋陀迦毗罗尼住处后，又生气不悦地赶她出去吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀怎么能给了跋陀迦毗罗尼住处后，又生气不悦地赶她出去呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼给了比丘尼住处后，生气不悦地赶她出去或让人赶她出去，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
比丘尼：指其他比丘尼。住处：指有门的房间。给了：指自己给了。生气不悦：指不高兴、心怀怨恨、心生僵硬。
赶出去：如果抓住她在房间里把她拉到门口，犯忏悔。如果抓住她在门口把她拉到外面，犯忏悔。一次动作让她经过多个门，犯忏悔。
让人赶出去：如果吩咐他人，犯忏悔。一次吩咐让她经过多个门，犯忏悔。
对已受具足戒者认为已受具足戒，给了住处后生气不悦地赶她出去或让人赶她出去，犯忏悔。对已受具足戒者怀疑，给了住处后生气不悦地赶她出去或让人赶她出去，犯忏悔。对已受具足戒者认为未受具足戒，给了住处后生气不悦地赶她出去或让人赶她出去，犯忏悔。
赶出或让人赶出她的用品，犯恶作。从无门的房间赶出或让人赶出，犯恶作。赶出或让人赶出她的用品，犯恶作。从有门或无门的房间赶出或让人赶出未受具足戒者，犯恶作。赶出或让人赶出她的用品，犯恶作。对未受具足戒者认为已受具足戒，犯恶作。对未受具足戒者怀疑，犯恶作。对未受具足戒者认为未受具足戒，犯恶作。

954. Anāpatti alajjiniṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, tassā parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, ummattikaṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, tassā parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, bhaṇḍanakārikaṃ kalahakārikaṃ vivādakārikaṃ bhassakārikaṃ saṅghe adhikaraṇakārikaṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, tassā parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, antevāsiniṃ vā saddhivihāriniṃ vā na sammā vattantiṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, tassā parikkhāraṃ nikkaḍḍhati vā nikkaḍḍhāpeti vā, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ

955. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī saṃsaṭṭhā viharati gahapatināpi gahapatiputtenapi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā caṇḍakāḷī saṃsaṭṭhā viharissati gahapatināpi gahapatiputtenapī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī saṃsaṭṭhā viharati gahapatināpi gahapatiputtenapīti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave , caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī saṃsaṭṭhā viharissati gahapatināpi gahapatiputtenapi! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

956.‘‘Yāpana bhikkhunī saṃsaṭṭhā vihareyya gahapatinā vā gahapatiputtena vā sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi evamassa vacanīyā – ‘māyye, saṃsaṭṭhā vihari gahapatināpi gahapatiputtenapi. Viviccāyye; vivekaññeva bhaginiyā saṅgho vaṇṇetī’ti. Evañca [evañca pana (ka.)] sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi vuccamānā tatheva paggaṇheyya, sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīhi yāvatatiyaṃ samanubhāsitabbā tassa paṭinissaggāya. Yāvatatiyañce samanubhāsīyamānā taṃ paṭinissajjeyya, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ; no ce paṭinissajjeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

957.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Saṃsaṭṭhā nāma ananulomikena kāyikavācasikena saṃsaṭṭhā.

Gahapati nāma yo koci agāraṃ ajjhāvasati.

Gahapatiputto nāma ye keci [yo koci (ka.)] puttabhātaro.

Sā bhikkhunīti yā sā saṃsaṭṭhā bhikkhunī.

Bhikkhunīhīti aññāhi bhikkhunīhi. Yā passanti yā suṇanti tāhi vattabbā – ‘‘māyye, saṃsaṭṭhā vihari gahapatināpi gahapatiputtenapi. Viviccāyye; vivekaññeva bhaginiyā saṅgho vaṇṇetī’’ti. Dutiyampi vattabbā. Tatiyampi vattabbā. Sace paṭinissajjati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ; no ce paṭinissajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sutvā na vadanti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sā bhikkhunī saṅghamajjhampi ākaḍḍhitvā vattabbā – ‘‘māyye , saṃsaṭṭhā vihari gahapatināpi gahapatiputtenapi. Viviccāyye; vivekaññevabhaginiyā saṅgho vaṇṇetī’’ti. Dutiyampi vattabbā. Tatiyampi vattabbā. Sace paṭinissajjati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ; no ce paṭinissajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sā bhikkhunī samanubhāsitabbā. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, samanubhāsitabbā. Byattāya bhikkhuniyā paṭibalāya saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

958. ‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā bhikkhunī saṃsaṭṭhā viharati gahapatināpi gahapatiputtenapi. Sā taṃ vatthuṃ na paṭinissajjati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuniṃ samanubhāseyya tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā bhikkhunī saṃsaṭṭhā viharati gahapatināpi gahapatiputtenapi. Sā taṃ vatthuṃ na paṭinissajjati. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuniṃ samanubhāsati tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya. Yassā ayyāya khamati itthannāmāya bhikkhuniyā samanubhāsanā tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya, sā tuṇhassa; yassā nakkhamati, sā bhāseyya.

‘‘Dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi…pe… tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi…pe….

‘‘Samanubhaṭṭhā saṅghena itthannāmā bhikkhunī tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya; khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne āpatti pācittiyassa.



以下是完整的直译：
无罪过：如果赶出或让人赶出无惭愧者，或赶出或让人赶出她的用品；如果赶出或让人赶出疯狂者，或赶出或让人赶出她的用品；如果赶出或让人赶出制造纷争、争吵、争论、争辩、在僧团中制造诤事者，或赶出或让人赶出她的用品；如果赶出或让人赶出行为不端的学生或同住者，或赶出或让人赶出她的用品；如果她疯狂；如果她是始作者。
第五学处已结束。
第六学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼旃荼迦利与在家男子和在家男子的儿子亲密交往。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："尊者旃荼迦利怎么能与在家男子和在家男子的儿子亲密交往呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼旃荼迦利真的与在家男子和在家男子的儿子亲密交往吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼旃荼迦利怎么能与在家男子和在家男子的儿子亲密交往呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼与在家男子或在家男子的儿子亲密交往，其他比丘尼应当如此劝告她：'尊者，不要与在家男子和在家男子的儿子亲密交往。尊者，请远离；僧团赞叹姐妹的远离。'如果那比丘尼被其他比丘尼如此劝告时仍然坚持，其他比丘尼应当三次劝告她放弃。如果经过三次劝告后她放弃了，这很好；如果不放弃，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
亲密交往：指以不适当的身体和语言行为亲密交往。
在家男子：指任何住在家中的人。
在家男子的儿子：指任何儿子或兄弟。
那比丘尼：指那个亲密交往的比丘尼。
其他比丘尼：指其他比丘尼。看到或听到的人应当说："尊者，不要与在家男子和在家男子的儿子亲密交往。尊者，请远离；僧团赞叹姐妹的远离。"应当第二次说。应当第三次说。如果她放弃，这很好；如果不放弃，犯恶作。听到后不说，犯恶作。应当把那比丘尼拉到僧团中间说："尊者，不要与在家男子和在家男子的儿子亲密交往。尊者，请远离；僧团赞叹姐妹的远离。"应当第二次说。应当第三次说。如果她放弃，这很好；如果不放弃，犯恶作。应当劝告那比丘尼。比丘们，应当如此劝告。由一位有能力的比丘尼向僧团宣告：
"尊者们，请僧团听我说。这位某某比丘尼与在家男子和在家男子的儿子亲密交往。她不放弃这件事。如果僧团已准备好，僧团应当劝告某某比丘尼放弃这件事。这是动议。
"尊者们，请僧团听我说。这位某某比丘尼与在家男子和在家男子的儿子亲密交往。她不放弃这件事。僧团正在劝告某某比丘尼放弃这件事。哪位尊者同意劝告某某比丘尼放弃这件事，请保持沉默；哪位不同意，请说出来。
"我再说第二遍...我再说第三遍...
"僧团已经劝告某某比丘尼放弃这件事。僧团同意，因此保持沉默。我如此认定此事。"
动议时犯恶作。两次羯磨文时犯恶作。羯磨文结束时犯忏悔。

959. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññā na paṭinissajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematikā na paṭinissajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññā na paṭinissajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

960. Anāpatti asamanubhāsantiyā, paṭinissajjantiyā, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

7. Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ

961. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo antoraṭṭhe sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye asatthikā cārikaṃ caranti. Dhuttā dūsenti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo antoraṭṭhe sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye asatthikā cārikaṃ carissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo antoraṭṭhe sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye asatthikā cārikaṃ carantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo antoraṭṭhe sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye asatthikā cārikaṃ carissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

962.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī antoraṭṭhe sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye asatthikā cārikaṃ careyya, pācittiya’’nti.

963.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Antoraṭṭheti yassa vijite viharati, tassa raṭṭhe.

Sāsaṅkaṃ nāma tasmiṃ magge corānaṃ niviṭṭhokāso dissati, bhuttokāso dissati, ṭhitokāso dissati, nisinnokāso dissati, nipannokāso dissati.

Sappaṭibhayaṃ nāma tasmiṃ magge corehi manussā hatā dissanti, viluttā dissanti, ākoṭitā dissanti.

Asatthikā nāma vinā satthena.

Cārikaṃ careyyāti kukkuṭasampāte gāme gāmantare gāmantare āpatti pācittiyassa. Agāmake araññe addhayojane addhayojane āpatti pācittiyassa.

964. Anāpatti satthena saha gacchati, kheme appaṭibhaye gacchati, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

8. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ

965. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo tiroraṭṭhe sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye asatthikā cārikaṃ caranti. Dhuttā dūsenti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo tiroraṭṭhe sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye asatthikā cārikaṃ carissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo tiroraṭṭhe sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye asatthikā cārikaṃ carantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo tiroraṭṭhe sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye asatthikā cārikaṃ carissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

966.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī tiroraṭṭhe sāsaṅkasammate sappaṭibhaye asatthikā cārikaṃ careyya, pācattiya’’nti.

967.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Tiroraṭṭheti yassa vijite viharati, taṃ ṭhapetvā aññassa raṭṭhe.

Sāsaṅkaṃ nāma tasmiṃ magge corānaṃ niviṭṭhokāso dissati, bhuttokāso dissati, ṭhitokāso dissati, nisinnokāso dissati, nipannokāso dissati.

Sappaṭibhayaṃ nāma tasmiṃ magge corehi manussā hatā dissanti, viluttā dissanti, ākoṭitā dissanti.

Asatthikā nāma vinā satthena.

Cārikaṃ careyyāti kukkuṭasampāte gāme gāmantare gāmantare, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agāmake araññe addhayojane addhayojane āpatti pācittiyassa.

968. Anāpatti satthena saha gacchati, kheme appaṭibhaye gacchati , āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

9. Navamasikkhāpadaṃ



以下是完整的直译：
如法羯磨时认为是如法羯磨而不放弃，犯忏悔。如法羯磨时怀疑而不放弃，犯忏悔。如法羯磨时认为是非法羯磨而不放弃，犯忏悔。
非法羯磨时认为是如法羯磨，犯恶作。非法羯磨时怀疑，犯恶作。非法羯磨时认为是非法羯磨，犯恶作。
无罪过：如果未被劝告，如果放弃，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第六学处已结束。
第七学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们在国内被认为有危险和恐怖的地方独自游行。流氓们骚扰她们。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能在国内被认为有危险和恐怖的地方独自游行呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的在国内被认为有危险和恐怖的地方独自游行吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能在国内被认为有危险和恐怖的地方独自游行呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼在国内被认为有危险和恐怖的地方独自游行，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
国内：指她所居住的国家。
被认为有危险：指在那条路上可以看到强盗们的住处、吃饭处、站立处、坐处、躺处。
恐怖：指在那条路上可以看到人们被强盗杀害、抢劫、殴打。
独自：指没有商队。
游行：如果在鸡飞的距离内从一村到另一村，犯忏悔。在无村的旷野每半由旬，犯忏悔。
无罪过：如果与商队同行，如果去安全无危险的地方，如果遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第七学处已结束。
第八学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们在国外被认为有危险和恐怖的地方独自游行。流氓们骚扰她们。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能在国外被认为有危险和恐怖的地方独自游行呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的在国外被认为有危险和恐怖的地方独自游行吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能在国外被认为有危险和恐怖的地方独自游行呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼在国外被认为有危险和恐怖的地方独自游行，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
国外：指除了她所居住的国家之外的其他国家。
被认为有危险：指在那条路上可以看到强盗们的住处、吃饭处、站立处、坐处、躺处。
恐怖：指在那条路上可以看到人们被强盗杀害、抢劫、殴打。
独自：指没有商队。
游行：如果在鸡飞的距离内从一村到另一村，犯忏悔。在无村的旷野每半由旬，犯忏悔。
无罪过：如果与商队同行，如果去安全无危险的地方，如果遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第八学处已结束。
第九学处

969. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo antovassaṃ cārikaṃ caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo antovassaṃ cārikaṃ carissanti haritāni tiṇāni ca sammaddantā, ekindriyaṃ jīvaṃ viheṭhentā, bahū khuddake pāṇe saṅghātaṃ āpādentā’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo antovassaṃ cārikaṃ carissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo antovassaṃ cārikaṃ carantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo antovassaṃ cārikaṃ carissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

970.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī antovassaṃ cārikaṃ careyya, pācittiya’’nti.

971.Yāpanāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Antovassanti purimaṃ vā temāsaṃ pacchimaṃ vā temāsaṃ avasitvā.

Cārikaṃcareyyāti kukkuṭasampāte gāme gāmantare gāmantare āpatti pācittiyassa. Agāmake araññe addhayojane addhayojane āpatti pācittiyassa.

972. Anāpatti sattāhakaraṇīyena gacchati, kenaci ubbāḷhā gacchati, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Navamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

10. Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ

973. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo tattheva rājagahe vassaṃ vasanti, tattha hemantaṃ, tattha gimhaṃ. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘āhundarikā bhikkhunīnaṃ disā andhakārā, na imāsaṃ disā pakkhāyantī’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmi dasa atthavase paṭicca – saṅghasuṭṭhutāya…pe… saddhammaṭṭhitiyā vinayānuggahāya. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

974.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī vassaṃvuṭṭhā cārikaṃ na pakkameyya antamaso chappañcayojanānipi, pācittiya’’nti.

975.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Vassaṃvuṭṭhā nāma purimaṃ vā temāsaṃ pacchimaṃ vā temāsaṃ vuṭṭhā.

‘‘Cārikaṃ na pakkamissāmi antamaso chappañcayojanānipī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte āpatti pācittiyassa.

976. Anāpatti sati antarāye, pariyesitvā dutiyikaṃ bhikkhuniṃ na labhati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Tuvaṭṭavaggo catuttho.

5. Cittāgāravaggo

1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ

977. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena rañño pasenadissa kosalassa uyyāne cittāgāre paṭibhānacittaṃ kataṃ hoti. Bahū manussā cittāgāraṃ dassanāya gacchanti. Chabbaggiyāpi bhikkhuniyo cittāgāraṃ dassanāya agamaṃsu. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo cittāgāraṃ dassanāya gacchissanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo cittāgāraṃ dassanāya gacchissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo cittāgāraṃ dassanāya gacchantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo cittāgāraṃ dassanāya gacchissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –



以下是完整的直译：
那时，佛陀世尊住在王舍城（现在的拉杰吉尔）竹林栗鼠feeding ground。当时，比丘尼们在雨安居期间**。人们抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能在雨安居期间呢，踩踏绿草，伤害单根生命，杀害许多小生物！"比丘尼们听到了那些人的抱怨、批评和指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能在雨安居期间呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的在雨安居期间吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能在雨安居期间呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼在雨安居期间**，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
雨安居期间：指不住满前三个月或后三个月。
**：如果在鸡飞的距离内从一村到另一村，犯忏悔。在无村的旷野每半由旬，犯忏悔。
无罪过：如果因七日事而去，如果被某人逼迫而去，如果遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第九学处已结束。
第十学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在王舍城竹林栗鼠feeding ground。当时，比丘尼们在王舍城度过雨安居、冬季和夏季。人们抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们的方向是混乱的、黑暗的，她们的方向不明显。"比丘尼们听到了那些人的抱怨、批评和指责。然后那些比丘尼们把这件事告诉了比丘们。比丘们把这件事告诉了世尊。于是世尊以此因缘、以此场合说了法，然后对比丘们说："比丘们，因此我将为比丘尼们制定学处，基于十种理由：为了僧团的优秀...为了正法的久住，为了律的辅助。比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼雨安居结束后不至少**五六由旬，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
雨安居结束：指住满前三个月或后三个月。
"我不会至少**五六由旬"，一旦决定，就犯忏悔。
无罪过：如果有障碍，如果寻找但找不到第二位比丘尼，如果生病，如果遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第十学处已结束。
第四共享品完成。
画堂品
第一学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，在憍萨罗国波斯匿王的园林中的画堂里画了一幅精美的画。许多人去参观画堂。六群比丘尼也去参观画堂。人们抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能去参观画堂呢，就像在家享受欲乐的女人一样！"比丘尼们听到了那些人的抱怨、批评和指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："六群比丘尼怎么能去参观画堂呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，六群比丘尼真的去参观画堂吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，六群比丘尼怎么能去参观画堂呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：

978.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī rājāgāraṃ vā cittāgāraṃ vā ārāmaṃ vā uyyānaṃ vā pokkharaṇiṃ vā dassanāya gaccheyya, pācittiya’’nti.

979.Yāpanāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Rājāgāraṃ nāma yattha katthaci rañño kīḷituṃ ramituṃ kataṃ hoti.

Cittāgāraṃ nāma yattha katthaci manussānaṃ kīḷituṃ ramituṃ kataṃ hoti.

Ārāmo nāma yattha katthaci manussānaṃ kīḷituṃ ramituṃ kato hoti.

Uyyānaṃ nāma yattha katthaci manussānaṃ kīḷituṃ ramituṃ kataṃ hoti.

Pokkharaṇī nāma yattha katthaci manussānaṃ kīḷituṃ ramituṃ katā hoti.

980. Dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhitā passati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vijahitvā punappunaṃ passati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ekamekaṃ dassanāya gacchati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Yattha ṭhitā passati, āpatti pacittiyassa. Dassanūpacāraṃ vijahitvā punappunaṃ passati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

981. Anāpatti ārāme ṭhitā passati, gacchantī vā āgacchantī vā passati, sati karaṇīye gantvā passati, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

2. Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ

982. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo āsandimpi pallaṅkampi paribhuñjanti. Manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo āsandimpi pallaṅkampi paribhuñjissanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ . Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo āsandimpi pallaṅkampi paribhuñjissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo āsandimpi pallaṅkampi paribhuñjantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo āsandimpi pallaṅkampi paribhuñjissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

983.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī āsandiṃ vā pallaṅkaṃ vā paribhuñjeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

984.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Āsandī nāma atikkantappamāṇā vuccati.

Pallaṅko nāma āharimehi [‘‘asaṃhārimehi’’ iti kaṅkhāvitaraṇiyā sameti] vāḷehi kato hoti.

Paribhuñjeyyāti tasmiṃ abhinisīdati vā abhinipajjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

985. Anāpatti āsandiyā pāde chinditvā paribhuñjati, pallaṅkassa vāḷe bhinditvā paribhuñjati, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

3. Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ

986. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo suttaṃ kantanti. Manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo suttaṃ kantissanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā …pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo suttaṃ kantissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo suttaṃ kantantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo suttaṃ kantissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

987.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī suttaṃ kanteyya, pācittiya’’nti.

988.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Suttaṃ nāma cha suttāni – khomaṃ, kappāsikaṃ, koseyyaṃ, kambalaṃ, sāṇaṃ, bhaṅgaṃ.

Kanteyyāti sayaṃ kantati, payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Ujjavujjave āpatti pācittiyassa.

989. Anāpatti kantitasuttaṃ kantati, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

4. Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ



以下是完整的直译：
"若比丘尼为了观看而去王宫、画堂、园林、庭园或莲池，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
王宫：指任何为国王娱乐、享受而建造的地方。
画堂：指任何为人们娱乐、享受而建造的地方。
园林：指任何为人们娱乐、享受而建造的地方。
庭园：指任何为人们娱乐、享受而建造的地方。
莲池：指任何为人们娱乐、享受而建造的地方。
为了观看而去，犯恶作。站在那里看，犯忏悔。离开观看范围后再次观看，犯忏悔。为了观看每一个而去，犯恶作。站在那里看，犯忏悔。离开观看范围后再次观看，犯忏悔。
无罪过：如果站在寺院里看，如果走过或回来时看到，如果因有事而去看到，如果遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第一学处已结束。
第二学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们使用高脚椅和长椅。人们在参观精舍时看到后抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能使用高脚椅和长椅呢，就像在家享受欲乐的女人一样！"比丘尼们听到了那些人的抱怨、批评和指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能使用高脚椅和长椅呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的使用高脚椅和长椅吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能使用高脚椅和长椅呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼使用高脚椅或长椅，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
高脚椅：指超过规定尺寸的椅子。
长椅：指用可拆卸的腿制成的椅子。
使用：如果坐上去或躺上去，犯忏悔。
无罪过：如果切断高脚椅的腿后使用，如果打碎长椅的腿后使用，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第二学处已结束。
第三学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。当时，六群比丘尼纺线。人们在参观精舍时看到后抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能纺线呢，就像在家享受欲乐的女人一样！"比丘尼们听到了那些人的抱怨、批评和指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："六群比丘尼怎么能纺线呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，六群比丘尼真的纺线吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，六群比丘尼怎么能纺线呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼纺线，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
线：指六种线 - 亚麻、棉、丝、羊毛、麻、麻纤维。
纺：如果自己纺，在行为中犯恶作。每转一圈，犯忏悔。
无罪过：如果纺已经纺过的线，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第三学处已结束。
第四学处

990. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo gihiveyyāvaccaṃ karonti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo gihiveyyāvaccaṃ karissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo gihiveyyāvaccaṃ karontīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo gihiveyyāvaccaṃ karissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

991.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī gihiveyyāvaccaṃ kareyya, pācittiya’’nti.

992.Yāpanāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Gihiveyyāvaccaṃ nāma agārikassa yāguṃ vā bhattaṃ vā khādanīyaṃ vā pacati, sāṭakaṃ vā veṭhanaṃ vā dhovati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

993. Anāpatti yāgupāne, saṅghabhatte, cetiyapūjāya, attano veyyāvaccakarassa yāguṃ vā bhattaṃ vā khādanīyaṃ vā pacati, sāṭakaṃ vā veṭhanaṃ vā dhovati, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

5. Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ

994. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī thullanandaṃ bhikkhuniṃ upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca – ‘‘ehāyye, imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamehī’’ti. Thullanandā bhikkhunī ‘sādhū’ti paṭissuṇitvā neva vūpasameti na vūpasamāya ussukkaṃ karoti. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā bhikkhuniyā – ‘ehāyye’, imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamehī’ti vuccamānā – ‘sādhū’ti paṭissuṇitvā, neva vūpasamessati na vūpasamāya ussukkaṃ karissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā – ‘‘ehāyye, imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamehī’’ti vuccamānā – ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇitvā, neva vūpasameti na vūpasamāya ussukkaṃ karotīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā – ‘‘ehāyye, imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamehī’’ti vuccamānā – ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇitvā, neva vūpasamessati na vūpasamāya ussukkaṃ karissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

995.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā – ‘ehāyye, imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamehī’ti vuccamānā – ‘sādhū’ti paṭissuṇitvā sā pacchā anantarāyikinī neva vūpasameyya na vūpasamāya ussukkaṃ kareyya, pācittiya’’nti.

996.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Bhikkhuniyāti aññāya bhikkhuniyā.

Adhikaraṇaṃ nāma cattāri adhikaraṇāni – vivādādhikaraṇaṃ, anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ, āpattādhikaraṇaṃ, kiccādhikaraṇaṃ.

Ehāyye imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamehīti ehāyye imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vinicchehi.

Sāpacchā anantarāyikinīti asati antarāye.

Neva vūpasameyyāti na sayaṃ vūpasameyya.

Na vūpasamāya ussukkaṃ kareyyāti na aññaṃ āṇāpeyya. ‘‘Neva vūpasamessāmi na vūpasamāya ussukkaṃ karissāmī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte, āpatti pācittiyassa.

997. Upasampannāya upasampannasaññā adhikaraṇaṃ neva vūpasameti na vūpasamāya ussukkaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya vematikā adhikaraṇaṃ neva vūpasameti, na vūpasamāya ussukkaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampannāya anupasampannasaññā adhikaraṇaṃ neva vūpasameti, na vūpasamāya ussukkaṃ karoti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Anupasampannāya adhikaraṇaṃ neva vūpasameti, na vūpasamāya ussukkaṃ karoti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya upasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampannāya anupasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

998. Anāpatti sati antarāye, pariyesitvā na labhati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ



以下是完整的直译：
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们为在家人做事。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能为在家人做事呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的为在家人做事吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能为在家人做事呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼为在家人做事，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
为在家人做事：指为在家人煮粥、饭或硬食，或洗衣服或头巾，犯忏悔。
无罪过：如果是为了饮粥、僧团食物、供养塔庙，或为自己的侍者煮粥、饭或硬食，或洗衣服或头巾，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第四学处已结束。
第五学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。当时，一位比丘尼来到比丘尼偷兰难陀那里说："尊者，来吧，请平息这个诤事。"比丘尼偷兰难陀答应说"好的"，但既不平息也不努力平息。然后那位比丘尼把这件事告诉了其他比丘尼。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："尊者偷兰难陀怎么能在被比丘尼说'尊者，来吧，请平息这个诤事'时答应说'好的'，却既不平息也不努力平息呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀真的在被比丘尼说'尊者，来吧，请平息这个诤事'时答应说'好的'，却既不平息也不努力平息吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀怎么能在被比丘尼说'尊者，来吧，请平息这个诤事'时答应说'好的'，却既不平息也不努力平息呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼在被比丘尼说'尊者，来吧，请平息这个诤事'时答应说'好的'，之后在没有障碍的情况下既不平息也不努力平息，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
比丘尼：指其他比丘尼。
诤事：指四种诤事 - 争论诤事、指责诤事、犯戒诤事、事务诤事。
尊者，来吧，请平息这个诤事：意思是尊者，来吧，请裁决这个诤事。
之后在没有障碍的情况下：指没有障碍。
既不平息：指不自己平息。
不努力平息：指不吩咐他人。一旦决定"我既不平息也不努力平息"，就犯忏悔。
对已受具足戒者认为已受具足戒，既不平息诤事也不努力平息，犯忏悔。对已受具足戒者怀疑，既不平息诤事也不努力平息，犯忏悔。对已受具足戒者认为未受具足戒，既不平息诤事也不努力平息，犯忏悔。
对未受具足戒者既不平息诤事也不努力平息，犯恶作。对未受具足戒者认为已受具足戒，犯恶作。对未受具足戒者怀疑，犯恶作。对未受具足戒者认为未受具足戒，犯恶作。
无罪过：如果有障碍，如果寻找但找不到，如果生病，如果遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第五学处已结束。
第六学处

999. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī naṭānampi naṭakānampi laṅghakānampi sokajjhāyikānampi kumbhathūṇikānampi sahatthā khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ deti – ‘‘mayhaṃ parisati vaṇṇaṃ bhāsathā’’ti. Naṭāpi naṭakāpi laṅghakāpi sokajjhāyikāpi kumbhathūṇikāpi thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā parisati vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti – ‘‘ayyā thullanandā bahussutā bhāṇikā visāradā paṭṭā dhammiṃ kathaṃ kātuṃ; detha ayyāya, karotha ayyāyā’’ti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā agārikassa sahatthā khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ dassatīti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī agārikassa sahatthā khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ detīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī agārikassa sahatthā khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ dassati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1000.‘‘Yāpana bhikkhunī agārikassa vā paribbājakassa vā paribbājikāya vā sahatthā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā dadeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1001.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Agāriko nāma yo koci agāraṃ ajjhāvasati.

Paribbājako nāma bhikkhuñca sāmaṇerañca ṭhapetvā yo koci paribbājakasamāpanno.

Paribbājikā nāma bhikkhuniñca sikkhamānañca sāmaṇeriñca ṭhapetvā yā kāci paribbājikasamāpannā.

Khādanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – udakadantaponaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ khādanīyaṃ nāma.

Bhojanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – odano, kummāso, sattu, maccho, maṃsaṃ.

Dadeyyāti kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā nissaggiyena vā deti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Udakadantaponaṃ deti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1002. Anāpatti dāpeti na deti, upanikkhipitvā deti, bāhirālepaṃ deti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

7. Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ

1003. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī āvasathacīvaraṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjati. Aññā utuniyo bhikkhuniyo na labhanti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā āvasathacīvaraṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī āvasathacīvaraṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjatīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī āvasathacīvaraṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1004.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī āvasathacīvaraṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1005.Yāpanāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Āvasathacīvaraṃ nāma ‘‘utuniyo bhikkhuniyo paribhuñjantū’’ti dinnaṃ hoti.

Anissajjitvā paribhuñjeyyāti dvetisso rattiyo paribhuñjitvā catutthadivase dhovitvā bhikkhuniyā vā sikkhamānāya vā sāmaṇeriyā vā anissajjitvā paribhuñjati , āpatti pācittiyassa.

1006. Anissajjite anissajjitasaññā paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anissajjite vematikā paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anissajjite nissajjitasaññā paribhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Nissajjite anissajjitasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissajjite vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissajjite nissajjitasaññā anāpatti.

1007. Anāpatti nissajjitvā paribhuñjati, puna pariyāyena paribhuñjati, aññā utuniyo bhikkhuniyo na honti, acchinnacīvarikāya, naṭṭhacīvarikāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

8. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ



以下是完整的直译：
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼偷兰难陀亲手给舞者、演员、杂技演员、歌手和鼓手硬食和软食，说："请在我的集会上赞美我。"舞者、演员、杂技演员、歌手和鼓手在比丘尼偷兰难陀的集会上赞美说："尊者偷兰难陀多闻、善说、勇敢、聪明、能讲说法；请给尊者，请为尊者做。"那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："尊者偷兰难陀怎么能亲手给在家人硬食和软食呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀真的亲手给在家人硬食和软食吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀怎么能亲手给在家人硬食和软食呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼亲手给在家人、男游行者或女游行者硬食或软食，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
在家人：指任何住在家中的人。
男游行者：除了比丘和沙弥外，指任何加入游行者团体的人。
女游行者：除了比丘尼、式叉摩那和沙弥尼外，指任何加入游行者团体的人。
硬食：指除了水和牙签外的五种食物。
软食：指五种食物 - 饭、粥、干粮、鱼、肉。
给：如果用身体、身体相连的物品或放下给予，犯忏悔。给水和牙签，犯恶作。
无罪过：如果让人给而不是自己给，如果放在附近给，如果给外用药，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第六学处已结束。
第七学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼偷兰难陀不归还住处衣而使用。其他月经期的比丘尼们得不到。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："尊者偷兰难陀怎么能不归还住处衣而使用呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀真的不归还住处衣而使用吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀怎么能不归还住处衣而使用呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼不归还住处衣而使用，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
住处衣：指给予"让月经期的比丘尼们使用"的衣服。
不归还而使用：指使用两三夜后，在第四天洗了不归还给比丘尼、式叉摩那或沙弥尼而使用，犯忏悔。
未归还时认为未归还而使用，犯忏悔。未归还时怀疑而使用，犯忏悔。未归还时认为已归还而使用，犯忏悔。
已归还时认为未归还，犯恶作。已归还时怀疑，犯恶作。已归还时认为已归还，无罪。
无罪过：如果归还后使用，如果再次轮到而使用，如果没有其他月经期的比丘尼，如果衣服被抢，如果衣服丢失，如果遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第七学处已结束。
第八学处

1008. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī āvasathaṃ anissajjitvā cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā āvasatho ḍayhati. Bhikkhuniyo evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘handāyye, bhaṇḍakaṃ nīharāmā’’ti. Ekaccā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘na mayaṃ, ayye, nīharissāma. Yaṃ kiñci naṭṭhaṃ sabbaṃ amhe abhiyuñjissatī’’ti. Thullanandā bhikkhunī punadeva taṃ āvasathaṃ paccāgantvā bhikkhuniyo pucchi – ‘‘apāyye, bhaṇḍakaṃ nīharitthā’’ti? ‘‘Na mayaṃ, ayye, nīharimhā’’ti . Thullanandā bhikkhunī ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo āvasathe ḍayhamāne bhaṇḍakaṃ na nīharissantī’’ti! Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā āvasathaṃ anissajjitvā cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī āvasathaṃ anissajjitvā cārikaṃ pakkamatīti [pakkamīti (ka.)]? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī āvasathaṃ anissajjitvā cārikaṃ pakkamissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1009.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī āvasathaṃ anissajjitvā cārikaṃ pakkameyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1010.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Āvasatho nāma kavāṭabaddho vuccati.

Anissajjitvā cārikaṃ pakkameyyāti bhikkhuniyā vā sikkhamānāya vā sāmaṇeriyā vā anissajjitvā parikkhittassa āvasathassa parikkhepaṃ atikkāmentiyā āpatti pācittiyassa. Aparikkhittassa āvasathassa upacāraṃ atikkāmentiyā āpatti pācittiyassa.

1011. Anissajjite anissajjitasaññā pakkamati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anissajjite vematikā pakkamati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anissajjite nissajjitasaññā pakkamati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Akavāṭabaddhaṃ anissajjitvā pakkamati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissajjite anissajjitasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissajjite vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Nissajjite nissajjitasaññā, anāpatti.

1012. Anāpatti nissajjitvā pakkamati, sati antarāye, pariyesitvā na labhati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

9. Navamasikkhāpadaṃ

1013. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo tiracchānavijjaṃ pariyāpuṇanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo tiracchānavijjaṃ pariyāpuṇissanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo tiracchānavijjaṃ pariyāpuṇissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo tiracchānavijjaṃ pariyāpuṇantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo tiracchānavijjaṃ pariyāpuṇissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1014.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī tiracchānavijjaṃ pariyāpuṇeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1015.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Tiracchānavijjā[tiracchānavijjaṃ (ka.)] nāma yaṃ kiñci bāhirakaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ.

Pariyāpuṇeyyāti padena pariyāpuṇāti, pade pade āpatti pācittiyassa. Akkharāya pariyāpuṇāti, akkharakkharāya āpatti pācittiyassa.

1016. Anāpatti lekhaṃ pariyāpuṇāti, dhāraṇaṃ pariyāpuṇāti, guttatthāya parittaṃ pariyāpuṇāti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Navamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

10. Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ



以下是完整的直译：
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼偷兰难陀不归还住处就外出游行。那时，比丘尼偷兰难陀的住处着火了。比丘尼们说："来吧，尊者们，我们把东西搬出来。"有些人说："尊者们，我们不搬。如果有什么丢失，她会全部责怪我们。"比丘尼偷兰难陀再次回到那个住处，问比丘尼们："尊者们，你们搬出东西了吗？""尊者，我们没有搬。"比丘尼偷兰难陀抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能在住处着火时不搬出东西呢？"那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："尊者偷兰难陀怎么能不归还住处就外出游行呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀真的不归还住处就外出游行吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀怎么能不归还住处就外出游行呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼不归还住处就外出游行，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
住处：指有门的地方。
不归还就外出游行：如果不归还给比丘尼、式叉摩那或沙弥尼，越过有围墙的住处的围墙时，犯忏悔。越过无围墙的住处的界限时，犯忏悔。
未归还时认为未归还而离开，犯忏悔。未归还时怀疑而离开，犯忏悔。未归还时认为已归还而离开，犯忏悔。
不归还无门的地方而离开，犯恶作。已归还时认为未归还，犯恶作。已归还时怀疑，犯恶作。已归还时认为已归还，无罪。
无罪过：如果归还后离开，如果有障碍，如果寻找但找不到，如果生病，如果遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第八学处已结束。
第九学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。当时，六群比丘尼学习旁门左道。人们抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能学习旁门左道呢，就像在家享受欲乐的女人一样！"比丘尼们听到了那些人的抱怨、批评和指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："六群比丘尼怎么能学习旁门左道呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，六群比丘尼真的学习旁门左道吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，六群比丘尼怎么能学习旁门左道呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼学习旁门左道，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
旁门左道：指任何外道的无益之学。
学习：如果逐句学习，每句犯忏悔。如果逐字学习，每字犯忏悔。
无罪过：如果学习书写，如果学习记忆，如果为了保护而学习护卫咒，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第九学处已结束。
第十学处

1017. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo tiracchānavijjaṃ vācenti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo tiracchānavijjaṃ vācessanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo tiracchānavijjaṃ vācessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo tiracchānavijjaṃ vācentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo tiracchānavijjaṃ vācessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1018.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī tiracchānavijjaṃ vāceyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1019.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Tiracchānavijjā[tiracchānavijjaṃ (ka.)] nāma yaṃ kiñci bāhirakaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ.

Vāceyyāti padena vāceti, pade pade āpatti pācittiyassa. Akkharāya vāceti, akkharakkharāya āpatti pācittiyassa.

1020. Anāpatti lekhaṃ vāceti, dhāraṇaṃ vāceti, guttatthāya parittaṃ vāceti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Cittāgāravaggo pañcamo.

6. Ārāmavaggo

1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ

1021. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū gāmakāvāse ekacīvarā cīvarakammaṃ karonti. Bhikkhuniyo anāpucchā ārāmaṃ pavisitvā yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo anāpucchā ārāmaṃ pavisissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo anāpucchā ārāmaṃ pavisantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo anāpucchā ārāmaṃ pavisissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī anāpucchā ārāmaṃ paviseyya, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhunīnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1022. Tena kho pana samayena te bhikkhū tamhā āvāsā pakkamiṃsu. Bhikkhuniyo – ‘‘ayyā pakkantā’’ti, ārāmaṃ nāgamaṃsu. Atha kho te bhikkhū punadeva taṃ āvāsaṃ paccāgacchiṃsu. Bhikkhuniyo – ‘‘ayyā āgatā’’ti, āpucchā ārāmaṃ pavisitvā yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tā bhikkhuniyo te bhikkhū etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kissa tumhe, bhaginiyo, ārāmaṃ neva sammajjittha na pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpitthāti? Bhagavatā, ayyā, sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ [paññattaṃ hoti (ka.)] hoti – ‘‘na anāpucchā ārāmo pavisitabbo’’ti. Tena mayaṃ na āgamimhā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, santaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpucchā ārāmaṃ pavisituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā ārāmaṃ paviseyya, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhunīnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1023. Tena kho pana samayena te bhikkhū tamhā āvāsā pakkamitvā punadeva taṃ āvāsaṃ paccāgacchiṃsu. Bhikkhuniyo – ‘‘ayyā pakkantā’’ti anāpucchā ārāmaṃ pavisiṃsu. Tāsaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ – ‘na santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā ārāmo pavisitabbo’ti. Mayañcamhā santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā ārāmaṃ pavisimhā. Kacci nu kho mayaṃ pācittiyaṃ āpattiṃ āpannā’’ti…pe… bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1024.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī jānaṃ sabhikkhukaṃ ārāmaṃ anāpucchā paviseyya, pācittiya’’nti.



以下是完整的直译：
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，六群比丘尼教授旁门左道。人们抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能教授旁门左道呢，就像在家享受欲乐的女人一样！"比丘尼们听到了那些人的抱怨、批评和指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："六群比丘尼怎么能教授旁门左道呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，六群比丘尼真的教授旁门左道吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，六群比丘尼怎么能教授旁门左道呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼教授旁门左道，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
旁门左道：指任何外道的无益之学。
教授：如果逐句教授，每句犯忏悔。如果逐字教授，每字犯忏悔。
无罪过：如果教授书写，如果教授记忆，如果为了保护而教授护卫咒，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第十学处已结束。
画堂品第五。
园林品
第一学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。当时，许多比丘在乡村住处只穿一件衣服做衣服。比丘尼们未经允许就进入园林，走向那些比丘。比丘们抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能未经允许就进入园林呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的未经允许就进入园林吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能未经允许就进入园林呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼未经允许就进入园林，犯忏悔。"
世尊如此为比丘尼们制定了学处。
那时，那些比丘离开了那个住处。比丘尼们说："尊者们离开了"，就不去园林。然后那些比丘又回到那个住处。比丘尼们说："尊者们回来了"，经允许后进入园林，走向那些比丘；走近后向那些比丘礼拜，站在一旁。站在一旁的那些比丘尼对那些比丘说："为什么你们既不打扫园林也不准备饮用水和洗用水呢？""姐妹们，世尊制定了学处：'不可未经允许就进入园林'。所以我们没有来。"他们把这件事告诉了世尊...世尊说："比丘们，我允许在有比丘时经允许后进入园林。比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼在有比丘时未经允许就进入园林，犯忏悔。"
世尊如此为比丘尼们制定了学处。
那时，那些比丘离开了那个住处后又回到那个住处。比丘尼们说："尊者们离开了"，未经允许就进入了园林。她们感到疑虑："世尊制定了学处：'不可在有比丘时未经允许就进入园林'。而我们在有比丘时未经允许就进入了园林。我们是否犯了忏悔罪？"...她们把这件事告诉了世尊。于是世尊以此因缘、以此场合说了法，然后对比丘们说...："比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼明知有比丘的园林而未经允许就进入，犯忏悔。"

1025.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti, aññe vā tassā ārocenti, te vā ārocenti.

Sabhikkhuko nāma ārāmo yattha bhikkhū rukkhamūlepi vasanti.

Anāpucchā ārāmaṃ paviseyyāti bhikkhuṃ vā sāmaṇeraṃ vā ārāmikaṃ vā anāpucchā parikkhittassa ārāmassa parikkhepaṃ atikkāmentiyā āpatti pācittiyassa. Aparikkhittassa ārāmassa upacāraṃ okkamantiyā āpatti pācittiyassa.

1026. Sabhikkhuke sabhikkhukasaññā santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā ārāmaṃ pavisati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sabhikkhuke vematikā santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā ārāmaṃ pavisati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Sabhikkhuke abhikkhukasaññā santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā ārāmaṃ pavisati, anāpatti.

Abhikkhuke sabhikkhukasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Abhikkhuke vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Abhikkhuke abhikkhukasaññā, anāpatti.

1027. Anāpatti santaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpucchā pavisati, asantaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā pavisati, sīsānulokikā gacchati, yattha bhikkhuniyo sannipatitā honti tattha gacchati, ārāmena maggo hoti, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

2. Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ

1028. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato upālissa upajjhāyo āyasmā kappitako susāne viharati. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ mahattarā [mahantatarā (sī.)] bhikkhunī kālaṅkatā hoti. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo taṃ bhikkhuniṃ nīharitvā āyasmato kappitakassa vihārassa avidūre jhāpetvā thūpaṃ katvā gantvā tasmiṃ thūpe rodanti. Atha kho āyasmā kappitako tena saddena ubbāḷho taṃ thūpaṃ bhinditvā pakiresi. Chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo – ‘‘iminā kappitakena amhākaṃ ayyāya thūpo bhinno, handa naṃ ghātemā’’ti, mantesuṃ . Aññatarā bhikkhunī āyasmato upālissa etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Āyasmā upāli āyasmato kappitakassa etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Atha kho āyasmā kappitako vihārā nikkhamitvā nilīno acchi. Atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo yenāyasmato kappitakassa vihāro tenupasaṅkamiṃsu ; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmato kappitakassa vihāraṃ pāsāṇehi ca leḍḍūhi ca ottharāpetvā, ‘‘mato kappitako’’ti pakkamiṃsu.

Atha kho āyasmā kappitako tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Addasaṃsu kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo āyasmantaṃ kappitakaṃ piṇḍāya carantaṃ. Disvāna evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘ayaṃ kappitako jīvati, ko nu kho amhākaṃ mantaṃ saṃharī’’ti? Assosuṃ kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo – ‘‘ayyena kira upālinā amhākaṃ manto saṃhaṭo’’ti. Tā āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ akkosiṃsu – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayaṃ kāsāvaṭo malamajjano nihīnajacco amhākaṃ mantaṃ saṃharissatī’’ti! Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo ayyaṃ upāliṃ akkosissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo upāliṃ akkosantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo upāliṃ akkosissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave , bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1029.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuṃ akkoseyya vā paribhāseyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

1030.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Bhikkhunti upasampannaṃ. Akkoseyya vāti dasahi vā akkosavatthūhi akkosati etesaṃ vā aññatarena, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Paribhāseyya vāti bhayaṃ upadaṃseti, āpatti pācittiyassa.



以下是完整的直译：
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
明知：指自己知道，或者其他人告诉她，或者他们告诉。
有比丘的园林：指比丘们即使住在树下的园林。
未经允许就进入园林：如果未经比丘、沙弥或园林看守人允许，越过有围墙的园林的围墙时，犯忏悔。进入无围墙的园林的界限时，犯忏悔。
有比丘时认为有比丘，未经允许就进入有比丘的园林，犯忏悔。有比丘时怀疑，未经允许就进入有比丘的园林，犯恶作。有比丘时认为无比丘，未经允许就进入有比丘的园林，无罪。
无比丘时认为有比丘，犯恶作。无比丘时怀疑，犯恶作。无比丘时认为无比丘，无罪。
无罪过：如果经允许后进入有比丘的园林，如果未经允许进入无比丘的园林，如果只是看一眼就走，如果去比丘尼们集会的地方，如果园林是必经之路，如果生病，如果遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第一学处已结束。
第二学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在毗舍离（现在的拜萨里）大林重阁讲堂。当时，尊者优波离的戒师尊者迦毗多住在墓地。那时，六群比丘尼中的长老比丘尼去世了。六群比丘尼把那位比丘尼的尸体抬到离尊者迦毗多住处不远的地方火化，建造塔后去那个塔哭泣。然后尊者迦毗多被那声音困扰，打碎了那个塔并散开。六群比丘尼商议说："这个迦毗多打碎了我们尊者的塔，来吧，我们杀了他。"一位比丘尼把这件事告诉了尊者优波离。尊者优波离把这件事告诉了尊者迦毗多。于是尊者迦毗多离开住处躲藏起来。然后六群比丘尼来到尊者迦毗多的住处；来到后用石头和土块覆盖尊者迦毗多的住处，说"迦毗多死了"就离开了。
然后尊者迦毗多在那夜过后，在上午时分穿好衣服，拿着钵和衣进入毗舍离乞食。六群比丘尼看到尊者迦毗多在乞食。看到后说："这个迦毗多还活着，是谁泄露了我们的计划？"六群比丘尼听说："是尊者优波离泄露了我们的计划。"她们辱骂尊者优波离说："这个穿袈裟的洗衣工、低贱种姓的人怎么能泄露我们的计划呢！"那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："六群比丘尼怎么能辱骂尊者优波离呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，六群比丘尼真的辱骂优波离吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，六群比丘尼怎么能辱骂优波离呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼辱骂或责骂比丘，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
比丘：指已受具足戒者。辱骂：如果用十种辱骂事或其中之一辱骂，犯忏悔。
责骂：如果恐吓，犯忏悔。

1031. Upasampanne upasampannasaññā akkosati vā paribhāsati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne vematikā akkosati vā paribhāsati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññā akkosati vā paribhāsati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Anupasampannaṃ akkosati vā paribhāsati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne upasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anupasampanne anupasampannasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1032. Anāpatti atthapurekkhārāya, dhammapurekkhārāya, anusāsanipurekkhārāya, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

3. Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ

1033. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī bhaṇḍanakārikā hoti kalahakārikā vivādakārikā bhassakārikā saṅghe adhikaraṇakārikā. Thullanandā bhikkhunī tassā kamme karīyamāne paṭikkosati. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī gāmakaṃ agamāsi kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho bhikkhunisaṅgho – ‘‘thullanandā bhikkhunī pakkantā’’ti caṇḍakāḷiṃ bhikkhuniṃ āpattiyā adassane ukkhipi. Thullanandā bhikkhunī gāmake taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā punadeva sāvatthiṃ paccāgacchi. Caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā āgacchantiyā neva āsanaṃ paññapesi na pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakaṭhalikaṃ upanikkhipi; na paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahesi na pānīyena āpucchi. Thullanandā bhikkhunī caṇḍakāḷiṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, ayye, mayi āgacchantiyā neva āsanaṃ paññapesi na pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakaṭhalikaṃ upanikkhipi; na paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahesi na pānīyena āpucchī’’ti? ‘‘Evañhetaṃ, ayye, hoti yathā taṃ anāthāyā’’ti. ‘‘Kissa pana tvaṃ, ayye, anāthā’’ti? ‘‘Imā maṃ, ayye, bhikkhuniyo – ‘‘ayaṃ anāthā appaññātā, natthi imissā kāci pativattā’’ti, āpattiyā adassane ukkhipiṃsū’’ti. Thullanandā bhikkhunī – ‘‘bālā etā abyattā etā netā jānanti kammaṃ vā kammadosaṃ vā kammavipattiṃ vā kammasampattiṃ vā’’ti, caṇḍīkatā gaṇaṃ paribhāsi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā caṇḍīkatā gaṇaṃ paribhāsissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī caṇḍīkatā gaṇaṃ paribhāsatīti [paribhāsīti (ka.)]? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā …pe…kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī caṇḍīkatā gaṇaṃ paribhāsissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1034.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī caṇḍīkatā gaṇaṃ paribhāseyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1035.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Caṇḍīkatā nāma kodhanā vuccati.

Gaṇo nāma bhikkhunisaṅgho vuccati.

Paribhāseyyāti ‘‘bālā etā abyattā etā netā jānanti kammaṃ vā kammadosaṃ vā kammavipattiṃ vā kammasampattiṃ vā’’ti paribhāsati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Sambahulā bhikkhuniyo vā ekaṃ bhikkhuniṃ vā anupasampannaṃ vā paribhāsati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1036. Anāpatti atthapurekkhārāya, dhammapurekkhārāya, anusāsanipurekkhārāya, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

4. Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ



以下是完整的直译：
对已受具足戒者认为已受具足戒而辱骂或责骂，犯忏悔。对已受具足戒者怀疑而辱骂或责骂，犯忏悔。对已受具足戒者认为未受具足戒而辱骂或责骂，犯忏悔。
辱骂或责骂未受具足戒者，犯恶作。对未受具足戒者认为已受具足戒，犯恶作。对未受具足戒者怀疑，犯恶作。对未受具足戒者认为未受具足戒，犯恶作。
无罪过：如果为了利益而说，如果为了法而说，如果为了教诫而说，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第二学处已结束。
第三学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼旃荼迦利喜欢争吵、争论、争辩、制造纷争，在僧团中制造诤事。比丘尼偷兰难陀在对她采取行动时反对。那时，比丘尼偷兰难陀因某事去了乡村。于是比丘尼僧团说："比丘尼偷兰难陀离开了"，就因不见罪而举罪比丘尼旃荼迦利。比丘尼偷兰难陀在乡村办完那件事后又回到舍卫城。比丘尼旃荼迦利在比丘尼偷兰难陀回来时既不准备座位，也不准备洗脚水、脚凳、脚擦；不出迎接拿钵和衣，也不问候饮水。比丘尼偷兰难陀对比丘尼旃荼迦利说："尊者，为什么我回来时你既不准备座位，也不准备洗脚水、脚凳、脚擦；不出迎接拿钵和衣，也不问候饮水呢？""尊者，这就是无依无靠的人的遭遇。""尊者，你为什么无依无靠呢？""尊者，这些比丘尼说'这个人无依无靠，不出名，没有人支持她'，就因不见罪而举罪我。"比丘尼偷兰难陀说："这些人愚蠢无知，不懂什么是羯磨、羯磨的过失、羯磨的无效、羯磨的有效"，发怒责骂僧团。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："尊者偷兰难陀怎么能发怒责骂僧团呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀真的发怒责骂僧团吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼偷兰难陀怎么能发怒责骂僧团呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼发怒责骂僧团，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
发怒：指生气。
僧团：指比丘尼僧团。
责骂：如果说"这些人愚蠢无知，不懂什么是羯磨、羯磨的过失、羯磨的无效、羯磨的有效"而责骂，犯忏悔。如果责骂多位比丘尼或一位比丘尼或未受具足戒者，犯恶作。
无罪过：如果为了利益而说，如果为了法而说，如果为了教诫而说，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第三学处已结束。
第四学处

1037. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo bhikkhuniyo nimantetvā bhojesi . Bhikkhuniyo bhuttāvī [bhuttāvinī (ka.)] pavāritā ñātikulāni gantvā ekaccā bhuñjiṃsu ekaccā piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya agamaṃsu. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo paṭivissake etadavoca – ‘‘bhikkhuniyo mayā ayyā santappitā, etha tumhepi santappessāmī’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kiṃ tvaṃ, ayyo, amhe santappessasi! Yāpi tayā nimantitā tāpi amhākaṃ gharāni āgantvā ekaccā bhuñjiṃsu ekaccā piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya agamaṃsū’’ti. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo amhākaṃ ghare bhuñjitvā aññatra bhuñjissanti, na cāhaṃ paṭibalo yāvadatthaṃ dātu’’nti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tassa brāhmaṇassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo bhuttāvī [bhuttāvinī (ka.)] pavāritā aññatra bhuñjissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo bhuttāvī pavāritā aññatra bhuñjantīti ? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo bhuttāvī pavāritā aññatra bhuñjissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1038.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī nimantitā vā pavāritā vā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

1039.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Nimantitā nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena bhojanena nimantitā.

Pavāritā nāma asanaṃ paññāyati, bhojanaṃ paññāyati, hatthapāse ṭhitā abhiharati, paṭikkhepo paññāyati.

Khādanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – yāguṃ yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ khādanīyaṃ nāma.

Bhojanīyaṃ nāma pañca bhojanāni – odano, kummāso, sattu, maccho, maṃsaṃ.

‘‘Khādissāmi bhuñjissāmī’’ti paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti pācittiyassa.

1040. Nimantite nimantitasaññā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Nimantite vematikā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa. Nimantite animantitasaññā khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā khādati vā bhuñjati vā, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ āhāratthāya paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ajjhohāre ajjhohāre āpatti dukkaṭassa…pe….

1041. Anāpatti nimantitā appavāritā, yāguṃ pivati, sāmike apaloketvā bhuñjati, yāmakālikaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ sati paccaye paribhuñjati, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

5. Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ



以下是完整的直译：
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，一位婆罗门邀请比丘尼们并供养她们食物。比丘尼们吃完后，有些去亲戚家又吃了，有些带着食物离开了。然后那位婆罗门对邻居说："尊者们，我已供养了比丘尼们，来吧，我也要供养你们。"他们说："先生，你怎么能供养我们呢！那些你邀请的人来到我们家，有些又吃了，有些带着食物离开了。"然后那位婆罗门抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能在我家吃了后又在别处吃呢，我没有能力给予充足的食物！"比丘尼们听到了那位婆罗门的抱怨、批评和指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能吃完并满足后又在别处吃呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的吃完并满足后又在别处吃吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能吃完并满足后又在别处吃呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼被邀请或满足后，又吃硬食或软食，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
被邀请：指被邀请五种食物中的任何一种。
满足：指座位已准备，食物已准备，站在伸手可及的地方提供，拒绝已表明。
硬食：指除了粥、时分药、七日药、终生药外的其他食物。
软食：指五种食物 - 饭、粥、干粮、鱼、肉。
如果接受说"我要吃"，犯恶作。每次吞咽，犯忏悔。
被邀请时认为被邀请而吃硬食或软食，犯忏悔。被邀请时怀疑而吃硬食或软食，犯忏悔。被邀请时认为未被邀请而吃硬食或软食，犯忏悔。
如果为了食用而接受时分药、七日药、终生药，犯恶作。每次吞咽，犯恶作...
无罪过：如果被邀请但未满足，如果喝粥，如果征得主人同意后吃，如果有原因而食用时分药、七日药、终生药，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第四学处已结束。
第五学处

1042. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī sāvatthiyaṃ aññatarissā visikhāya piṇḍāya caramānā yena aññataraṃ kulaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho te manussā taṃ bhikkhuniṃ bhojetvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘aññāpi, ayye, bhikkhuniyo āgacchantū’’ti. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī, ‘‘kathañhi nāma [kathaṃ aññā (syā.)] bhikkhuniyo nāgaccheyyu’’nti, bhikkhuniyo upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca – ‘‘amukasmiṃ, ayye, okāse vāḷā sunakhā caṇḍo balibaddo cikkhallo okāso. Mā kho tattha agamitthā’’ti. Aññatarāpi bhikkhunī tassā visikhāya piṇḍāya caramānā yena taṃ kulaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho te manussā taṃ bhikkhuniṃ bhojetvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kissa, ayye, bhikkhuniyo na āgacchantī’’ti? Atha kho sā bhikkhunī tesaṃ manussānaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī kulaṃ maccharāyissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī kulaṃ maccharāyatīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī kulaṃ maccharāyissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1043.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī kulamaccharinī assa, pācittiya’’nti.

1044.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Kulaṃ nāma cattāri kulāni – khattiyakulaṃ, brāhmaṇakulaṃ, vessakulaṃ, suddakulaṃ.

Maccharinī assāti ‘‘kathaṃ bhikkhuniyo nāgaccheyyu’’nti bhikkhunīnaṃ santike kulassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Kulassa vā santike bhikkhunīnaṃ avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1045. Anāpatti kulaṃ na maccharāyantī santaṃyeva ādīnavaṃ ācikkhati, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ

1046. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhuniyo gāmakāvāse vassaṃvuṭṭhā sāvatthiṃ agamaṃsu. Bhikkhuniyo tā bhikkhuniyo etadavocuṃ – ‘‘katthāyyāyo vassaṃvuṭṭhā? Kacci ovādo iddho ahosī’’ti? ‘‘Natthayye, tattha bhikkhū; kuto ovādo iddho bhavissatī’’ti! Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo abhikkhuke āvāse vassaṃ vasissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo abhikkhuke āvāse vassaṃ vasantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave , bhikkhuniyo abhikkhuke āvāse vassaṃ vasissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1047.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī abhikkhuke āvāse vassaṃ vaseyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1048.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Abhikkhuko nāma āvāso na sakkā hoti ovādāya vā saṃvāsāya vā gantuṃ. ‘‘Vassaṃ vasissāmī’’ti senāsanaṃ paññapeti pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhapeti pariveṇaṃ sammajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Saha aruṇuggamanā āpatti pācittiyassa.

1049. Anāpatti vassupagatā bhikkhū pakkantā vā honti vibbhantā vā kālaṅkatā vā pakkhasaṅkantā vā, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

7. Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ



以下是完整的直译：
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，一位比丘尼在舍卫城的某条街道上乞食，来到一户人家；来到后坐在准备好的座位上。然后那些人供养那位比丘尼食物后说："尊者，请其他比丘尼也来。"然后那位比丘尼想："其他比丘尼怎么能不来呢"，就走近比丘尼们说："尊者们，在某某地方有凶猛的狗、凶暴的公牛，地方泥泞。请不要去那里。"另一位比丘尼在那条街道上乞食，来到那户人家；来到后坐在准备好的座位上。然后那些人供养那位比丘尼食物后说："尊者，为什么其他比丘尼不来呢？"然后那位比丘尼把这件事告诉了那些人。人们抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼怎么能吝啬施主家呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼真的吝啬施主家吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼怎么能吝啬施主家呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼吝啬施主家，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
施主家：指四种家庭 - 刹帝利家、婆罗门家、吠舍家、首陀罗家。
吝啬：如果说"其他比丘尼怎么能不来"而在比丘尼面前说施主家的坏话，犯忏悔。或者在施主家面前说比丘尼的坏话，犯忏悔。
无罪过：如果不是吝啬施主家而只是说明存在的危险，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第五学处已结束。
第六学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。当时，许多比丘尼在乡村住处度过雨安居后来到舍卫城。比丘尼们对那些比丘尼说："尊者们在哪里度过雨安居？教诫是否兴盛？""尊者们，那里没有比丘；哪里会有兴盛的教诫呢？"那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能在无比丘的住处度过雨安居呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的在无比丘的住处度过雨安居吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能在无比丘的住处度过雨安居呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼在无比丘的住处度过雨安居，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
无比丘的住处：指不能去接受教诫或共住的地方。如果说"我要度过雨安居"而准备住处、准备饮用水和洗用水、打扫庭院，犯恶作。当黎明升起时，犯忏悔。
无罪过：如果已入雨安居的比丘离开、还俗、去世或改变宗派，如果遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第六学处已结束。
第七学处

1050. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhuniyo gāmakāvāse vassaṃvuṭṭhā sāvatthiṃ agamaṃsu. Bhikkhuniyo tā bhikkhuniyo etadavocuṃ – ‘‘katthāyyāyo vassaṃvuṭṭhā; kattha [kacci (syā.)] bhikkhusaṅgho pavārito’’ti ? ‘‘Na mayaṃ, ayye, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pavāremā’’ti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo vassaṃvuṭṭhā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ na pavāressantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo vassaṃvuṭṭhā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ na pavārentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo vassaṃvuṭṭhā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ na pavāressanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1051.‘‘Yāpana bhikkhunī vassaṃvuṭṭhā ubhatosaṅghe tīhi ṭhānehi na pavāreyya diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

1052.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Vassaṃvuṭṭhā nāma purimaṃ vā temāsaṃ pacchimaṃ vā temāsaṃ vuṭṭhā. Ubhatosaṅghe tīhi ṭhānehi na pavāressāmi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte āpatti pācittiyassa.

1053. Anāpatti sati antarāye, pariyesitvā na labhati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

8. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ

1054. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo ovadanti. Bhikkhuniyo chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ethāyye ovādaṃ gamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Yampi mayaṃ, ayye, gaccheyyāma ovādassa kāraṇā, ayyā chabbaggiyā idheva āgantvā amhe ovadantī’’ti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo ovādaṃ na gacchissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo ovādaṃ na gacchantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo ovādaṃ na gacchissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1055.‘‘Yāpana bhikkhunī ovādāya vā saṃvāsāya vā na gaccheyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1056.Yāpanāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Ovādo nāma aṭṭha garudhammā.

Saṃvāso nāma ekakammaṃ ekuddeso samasikkhatā. Ovādāya vā saṃvāsāya vā na gacchissāmīti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte āpatti pācittiyassa.

1057. Anāpatti sati antarāye, pariyesitvā dutiyikaṃ bhikkhuniṃ na labhati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

9. Navamasikkhāpadaṃ

1058. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo uposathampi na pucchanti ovādampi na yācanti. Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo uposathampi na pucchissanti ovādampi na yācissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo ‘‘uposathampi na pucchanti ovādampi na yācantī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo uposathampi na pucchissanti ovādampi na yācissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1059.‘‘Anvaddhamāsaṃ bhikkhuniyā bhikkhusaṅghato dve dhammā paccāsīsitabbā – uposathapucchakañca ovādūpasaṅkamanañca. Taṃ atikkāmentiyā pācittiya’’nti.

1060.Anvaddhamāsanti anuposathikaṃ. Uposatho nāma dve uposathā – cātuddasiko ca pannarasiko ca.

Ovādo nāma aṭṭha garudhammā. ‘‘Uposathampi na pucchissāmi ovādampi na yācissāmī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte āpatti pācittiyassa.



以下是完整的直译：
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，许多比丘尼在乡村住处度过雨安居后来到舍卫城。比丘尼们对那些比丘尼说："尊者们在哪里度过雨安居？在哪里向比丘僧团行自恣？""尊者们，我们没有向比丘僧团行自恣。"那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能度过雨安居后不向比丘僧团行自恣呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的度过雨安居后不向比丘僧团行自恣吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能度过雨安居后不向比丘僧团行自恣呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼度过雨安居后不在两部僧团中就三事行自恣 - 所见、所闻或所疑，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
度过雨安居：指度过前三个月或后三个月。如果决定"我不在两部僧团中就三事行自恣 - 所见、所闻或所疑"，一旦放弃责任就犯忏悔。
无罪过：如果有障碍，如果寻找但找不到，如果生病，如果遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第七学处已结束。
第八学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在释迦族的迦毗罗卫城（现在的蒂劳拉科特）尼拘律园。当时，六群比丘来到比丘尼住处教诫六群比丘尼。比丘尼们对六群比丘尼说："来吧，尊者们，我们去接受教诫。""尊者们，即使我们为了教诫而去，六群尊者就来这里教诫我们。"那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："六群比丘尼怎么能不去接受教诫呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，六群比丘尼真的不去接受教诫吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，六群比丘尼怎么能不去接受教诫呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼不去接受教诫或共住，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
教诫：指八敬法。
共住：指同一羯磨、同一诵戒、同样学习。如果决定"我不去接受教诫或共住"，一旦放弃责任就犯忏悔。
无罪过：如果有障碍，如果寻找但找不到第二位比丘尼，如果生病，如果遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第八学处已结束。
第九学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们既不问布萨也不请求教诫。比丘们抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能既不问布萨也不请求教诫呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的既不问布萨也不请求教诫吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能既不问布萨也不请求教诫呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"比丘尼每半月应从比丘僧团期待两件事 - 问布萨和前往接受教诫。超过这个时间者，犯忏悔。"
每半月：指每个布萨日。布萨：指两种布萨 - 十四日和十五日。
教诫：指八敬法。如果决定"我既不问布萨也不请求教诫"，一旦放弃责任就犯忏悔。

1061. Anāpatti sati antarāye, pariyesitvā dutiyikaṃ bhikkhuniṃ na labhati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Navamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

10. Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ

1062. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī pasākhe jātaṃ gaṇḍaṃ purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā bhedāpesi. Atha kho so puriso taṃ bhikkhuniṃ dūsetuṃ upakkami. Sā vissaramakāsi. Bhikkhuniyo upadhāvitvā taṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, ayye, vissaramakāsī’’ti? Atha kho sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī pasākhe jātaṃ gaṇḍaṃ purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā bhedāpessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī pasākhe jātaṃ gaṇḍaṃ purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā bhedāpetīti [bhedāpesīti (ka.)]? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī pasākhe jātaṃ gaṇḍaṃ purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā bhedāpessati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1063.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī pasākhe jātaṃ gaṇḍaṃ vā rudhitaṃ vā anapaloketvā saṅghaṃ vā gaṇaṃ vā purisena saddhiṃ ekenekā bhedāpeyya vā phālāpeyya vā dhovāpeyya vā ālimpāpeyya vā bandhāpeyya vā mocāpeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

1064.Yāpanāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Pasākhaṃ nāma adhonābhi ubbhajāṇumaṇḍalaṃ. Jātanti tattha jātaṃ. Gaṇḍo nāma yo koci gaṇḍo. Rudhitaṃ nāma yaṃ kiñci vaṇaṃ. Anapaloketvāti anāpucchā. Saṅgho nāma bhikkhunisaṅgho vuccati. Gaṇo nāma sambahulā bhikkhuniyo vuccanti. Puriso nāma manussapuriso, na yakkho, na peto, na tiracchānagato, viññū paṭibalo dūsetuṃ. Saddhinti ekato. Ekenekāti puriso ceva hoti bhikkhunī ca.

1065. ‘‘Bhindā’’ti āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Bhinne āpatti pācittiyassa. ‘‘Phālehī’’ti āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Phālite āpatti pācittiyassa. ‘‘Dhovā’’ti āṇāpeti , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Dhovite [dhote (syā.)] āpatti pācittiyassa. ‘‘Ālimpā’’ti āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Litte [ālitte (syā.)] āpatti pācittiyassa. ‘‘Bandhāhī’’ti āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Baddhe āpatti pācittiyassa. ‘‘Mocehī’’ti āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Mutte āpatti pācittiyassa.

1066. Anāpatti apaloketvā bhedāpeti vā phālāpeti vā dhovāpeti vā ālimpāpeti vā bandhāpeti vā mocāpeti vā, yā kāci viññū dutiyikā [yā kāci viññū dutiyā (syā.), yo koci viññū dutiyo (ka.)] hoti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Ārāmavaggo chaṭṭho.

7. Gabbhinīvaggo

1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ

1067. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo gabbhiniṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. Sā piṇḍāya carati. Manussā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dethāyyāya bhikkhaṃ , garubhārā [garugabbhā (syā.)] ayyā’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo gabbhiniṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo gabbhiniṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo gabbhiniṃ vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo gabbhiniṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1068.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī gabbhiniṃ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiya’’nti.



以下是完整的直译：
无罪过：如果有障碍，如果寻找但找不到第二位比丘尼，如果生病，如果遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第九学处已结束。
第十学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，一位比丘尼独自一人与一个男子一起处理长在私处的脓疮。然后那个男子试图玷污那位比丘尼。她大声尖叫。比丘尼们跑来对那位比丘尼说："尊者，你为什么尖叫？"然后那位比丘尼把这件事告诉了比丘尼们。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼怎么能独自一人与一个男子一起处理长在私处的脓疮呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼真的独自一人与一个男子一起处理长在私处的脓疮吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼怎么能独自一人与一个男子一起处理长在私处的脓疮呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼未告知僧团或小众，独自一人与男子一起处理长在私处的脓疮或伤口，无论是切开、挤压、清洗、涂药、包扎还是拆开，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
私处：指脐以下膝盖以上。长在：指长在那里。脓疮：指任何脓疮。伤口：指任何伤口。未告知：指未请示。僧团：指比丘尼僧团。小众：指多位比丘尼。男子：指人类男子，不是夜叉、饿鬼或动物，有理智能力玷污。一起：指在一起。独自一人：指只有一个男子和一位比丘尼。
如果命令"切开"，犯恶作。切开后，犯忏悔。如果命令"挤压"，犯恶作。挤压后，犯忏悔。如果命令"清洗"，犯恶作。清洗后，犯忏悔。如果命令"涂药"，犯恶作。涂药后，犯忏悔。如果命令"包扎"，犯恶作。包扎后，犯忏悔。如果命令"拆开"，犯恶作。拆开后，犯忏悔。
无罪过：如果告知后处理，如果有任何有理智的第二人在场，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第十学处已结束。
园林品第六。
孕妇品
第一学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们让孕妇出家。她去乞食。人们这样说："给尊者布施吧，尊者怀着重担。"人们抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能让孕妇出家呢！"比丘尼们听到了那些人的抱怨、批评和指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能让孕妇出家呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的让孕妇出家吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能让孕妇出家呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼让孕妇出家，犯忏悔。"

1069.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Gabbhinī nāma āpannasattā vuccati. Vuṭṭhāpeyyāti upasampādeyya.

‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1070. Gabbhiniyā gabbhinisaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Gabbhiniyā vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gabbhiniyā agabbhinisaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, anāpatti. Agabbhiniyā gabbhinisaññā , āpatti dukkaṭassa. Agabbhiniyā vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Agabbhiniyā agabbhinisaññā, anāpatti.

1071. Anāpatti gabbhiniṃ agabbhinisaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, agabbhiniṃ agabbhinisaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

2. Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ

1072. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo pāyantiṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. Sā piṇḍāya carati. Manussā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘dethāyyāya bhikkhaṃ, sadutiyikā ayyā’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo pāyantiṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo pāyantiṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo pāyantiṃ vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo pāyantiṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1073.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī pāyantiṃ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1074.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Pāyantī nāma mātā vā hoti [hotu (ka.)] dhāti [dhātī (sī. syā.)] vā.

Vuṭṭhāpeyyāti upasampādeyya.

‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1075. Pāyantiyā pāyantisaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Pāyantiyā vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Pāyantiyā apāyantisaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, anāpatti. Apāyantiyā pāyantisaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Apāyantiyā vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Apāyantiyā apāyantisaññā, anāpatti.

1076. Anāpatti pāyantiṃ apāyantisaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, apāyantiṃ apāyantisaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

3. Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ



以下是完整的直译：
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
孕妇：指怀有胎儿的人。让出家：指让受具足戒。
如果说"我要让她出家"而寻找小众或阿阇梨或钵或衣，或划定界场，犯恶作。宣布动议时，犯恶作。两次羯磨文时，犯恶作。羯磨文结束时，戒师犯忏悔。小众和阿阇梨犯恶作。
对孕妇认为是孕妇而让出家，犯忏悔。对孕妇怀疑而让出家，犯恶作。对孕妇认为不是孕妇而让出家，无罪。对非孕妇认为是孕妇，犯恶作。对非孕妇怀疑，犯恶作。对非孕妇认为不是孕妇，无罪。
无罪过：对孕妇认为不是孕妇而让出家，对非孕妇认为不是孕妇而让出家，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第一学处已结束。
第二学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们让哺乳期妇女出家。她去乞食。人们这样说："给尊者布施吧，尊者有同伴。"人们抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能让哺乳期妇女出家呢！"比丘尼们听到了那些人的抱怨、批评和指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能让哺乳期妇女出家呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的让哺乳期妇女出家吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能让哺乳期妇女出家呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼让哺乳期妇女出家，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
哺乳期妇女：指母亲或奶妈。
让出家：指让受具足戒。
如果说"我要让她出家"而寻找小众或阿阇梨或钵或衣，或划定界场，犯恶作。宣布动议时，犯恶作。两次羯磨文时，犯恶作。羯磨文结束时，戒师犯忏悔。小众和阿阇梨犯恶作。
对哺乳期妇女认为是哺乳期妇女而让出家，犯忏悔。对哺乳期妇女怀疑而让出家，犯恶作。对哺乳期妇女认为不是哺乳期妇女而让出家，无罪。对非哺乳期妇女认为是哺乳期妇女，犯恶作。对非哺乳期妇女怀疑，犯恶作。对非哺乳期妇女认为不是哺乳期妇女，无罪。
无罪过：对哺乳期妇女认为不是哺乳期妇女而让出家，对非哺乳期妇女认为不是哺乳期妇女而让出家，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第二学处已结束。
第三学处

1077. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. Tā bālā honti abyattā na jānanti kappiyaṃ vā akappiyaṃ vā. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpentī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ , bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sikkhamānāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbā. Tāya sikkhamānāya saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhunīnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ahaṃ, ayye, itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya sikkhamānā. Saṅghaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ yācāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi yācitabbā. Tatiyampi yācitabbā. Byattāya bhikkhuniyā paṭibalāya saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

1078. ‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya sikkhamānā saṅghaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ yācati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ saṅgho itthannāmāya sikkhamānāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ dadeyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya sikkhamānā saṅghaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ yācati. Saṅgho itthannāmāya sikkhamānāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ deti. Yassā ayyāya khamati itthannāmāya sikkhamānāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiyā dānaṃ, sā tuṇhassa; yassā nakkhamati, sā bhāseyya.

‘‘Dinnā saṅghena itthannāmāya sikkhamānāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammuti. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

1079. Sā sikkhamānā ‘‘evaṃ vadehī’’ti vattabbā – ‘‘pāṇātipātā veramaṇiṃ dve vassāni avītikkamma samādānaṃ samādiyāmi. Adinnādānā veramaṇiṃ dve vassāni avītikkamma samādānaṃ samādiyāmi. Abrahmacariyā veramaṇiṃ dve vassāni avītikkamma samādānaṃ samādiyāmi. Musāvādā veramaṇiṃ dve vassāni avītikkamma samādānaṃ samādiyāmi. Surāmerayamajjappamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇiṃ dve vassāni avītikkamma samādānaṃ samādiyāmi. Vikālabhojanā veramaṇiṃ dve vassāni avītikkamma samādānaṃ samādiyāmī’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā tā bhikkhuniyo anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1080.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1081.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Dvevassānīti dve saṃvaccharāni. Asikkhitasikkhā nāma sikkhā vā na dinnā hoti, dinnā vā sikkhā kupitā. Vuṭṭhāpeyyāti upasampādeyya.

‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1082. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1083. Anāpatti dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

4. Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ



以下是完整的直译：
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们让未在六法中学习两年的式叉摩那出家。她们愚笨无知，不懂什么是如法的、什么是不如法的。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能让未在六法中学习两年的式叉摩那出家呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的让未在六法中学习两年的式叉摩那出家吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能让未在六法中学习两年的式叉摩那出家呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."呵斥后...作了如法开示，对比丘们说："比丘们，我允许给予式叉摩那两年六法学习的认可。比丘们，应当如此给予。那位式叉摩那应当走近僧团，偏袒上衣于一肩，礼敬比丘尼们的双足，蹲踞，合掌，如此说：'尊者们，我某某是某某尊者的式叉摩那。我请求僧团给予两年六法学习的认可。'应当第二次请求。应当第三次请求。由一位有能力的比丘尼向僧团宣布：
"尊者们，请僧团听我说。这位某某是某某尊者的式叉摩那，请求僧团给予两年六法学习的认可。如果僧团已到时机，僧团应当给予某某式叉摩那两年六法学习的认可。这是动议。
"尊者们，请僧团听我说。这位某某是某某尊者的式叉摩那，请求僧团给予两年六法学习的认可。僧团正在给予某某式叉摩那两年六法学习的认可。哪位尊者同意给予某某式叉摩那两年六法学习的认可，请保持沉默；哪位不同意，请说出来。
"僧团已经给予某某式叉摩那两年六法学习的认可。僧团同意，因此保持沉默。我如此记住这件事。"
应当告诉那位式叉摩那说："你这样说：'我受持不杀生的学处，两年内不违犯。我受持不偷盗的学处，两年内不违犯。我受持不非梵行的学处，两年内不违犯。我受持不妄语的学处，两年内不违犯。我受持不饮酒的学处，两年内不违犯。我受持不非时食的学处，两年内不违犯。'"
然后世尊以种种方式呵斥那些比丘尼，说她们难养...比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼让未在六法中学习两年的式叉摩那出家，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
两年：指两个年度。未学习：指未给予学处，或给予后已破坏。让出家：指让受具足戒。
如果说"我要让她出家"而寻找小众或阿阇梨或钵或衣，或划定界场，犯恶作。宣布动议时，犯恶作。两次羯磨文时，犯恶作。羯磨文结束时，戒师犯忏悔。小众和阿阇梨犯恶作。
如法羯磨时认为是如法羯磨而让出家，犯忏悔。如法羯磨时怀疑而让出家，犯忏悔。如法羯磨时认为是非法羯磨而让出家，犯忏悔。
非法羯磨时认为是如法羯磨，犯恶作。非法羯磨时怀疑，犯恶作。非法羯磨时认为是非法羯磨，犯恶作。
无罪过：让已在六法中学习两年的式叉摩那出家，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第三学处已结束。
第四学处

1084. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. Bhikkhuniyo evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘etha, sikkhamānā, imaṃ jānātha, imaṃ detha, imaṃ āharatha, iminā attho, imaṃ kappiyaṃ karothā’’ti. Tā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘na mayaṃ, ayye, sikkhamānā. Bhikkhuniyo maya’’nti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya sikkhamānāya vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbā. Tāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya sikkhamānāya saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhunīnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘ahaṃ , ayye, itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā sikkhamānā saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ yācāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi yācitabbā. Tatiyampi yācitabbā. Byattāya bhikkhuniyā paṭibalāya saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

1085. ‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā sikkhamānā saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ yācati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya sikkhamānāya vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ dadeyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me , ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā sikkhamānā saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ yācati. Saṅgho itthannāmāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya sikkhamānāya vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ deti. Yassā ayyāya khamati itthannāmāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya sikkhamānāya vuṭṭhānasammutiyā dānaṃ, sā tuṇhassa; yassā nakkhamati, sā bhāseyya.

‘‘Dinnā saṅghena itthannāmāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya sikkhamānāya vuṭṭhānasammuti; khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā tā bhikkhuniyo anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1086.‘‘Yāpana bhikkhunī dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1087.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Dvevassānīti dve saṃvaccharāni. Sikkhitasikkhā nāma chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā. Asammatā nāma ñattidutiyena kammena vuṭṭhānasammuti na dinnāhoti. Vuṭṭhāpeyyāti upasampādeyya.

‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1088. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1089. Anāpatti dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ sikkhamānaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

5. Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ



以下是完整的直译：
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们让已在六法中学习两年但未经僧团认可的式叉摩那出家。比丘尼们这样说："来吧，式叉摩那，了解这个，给这个，拿这个来，需要这个，把这个做成如法的。"她们这样说："尊者们，我们不是式叉摩那。我们是比丘尼。"那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能让已在六法中学习两年但未经僧团认可的式叉摩那出家呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的让已在六法中学习两年但未经僧团认可的式叉摩那出家吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能让已在六法中学习两年但未经僧团认可的式叉摩那出家呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."呵斥后...作了如法开示，对比丘们说："比丘们，我允许给予已在六法中学习两年的式叉摩那出家的认可。比丘们，应当如此给予。那位已在六法中学习两年的式叉摩那应当走近僧团，偏袒上衣于一肩，礼敬比丘尼们的双足，蹲踞，合掌，如此说：'尊者们，我某某是某某尊者的已在六法中学习两年的式叉摩那。我请求僧团给予出家的认可。'应当第二次请求。应当第三次请求。由一位有能力的比丘尼向僧团宣布：
"尊者们，请僧团听我说。这位某某是某某尊者的已在六法中学习两年的式叉摩那，请求僧团给予出家的认可。如果僧团已到时机，僧团应当给予某某已在六法中学习两年的式叉摩那出家的认可。这是动议。
"尊者们，请僧团听我说。这位某某是某某尊者的已在六法中学习两年的式叉摩那，请求僧团给予出家的认可。僧团正在给予某某已在六法中学习两年的式叉摩那出家的认可。哪位尊者同意给予某某已在六法中学习两年的式叉摩那出家的认可，请保持沉默；哪位不同意，请说出来。
"僧团已经给予某某已在六法中学习两年的式叉摩那出家的认可。僧团同意，因此保持沉默。我如此记住这件事。"
然后世尊以种种方式呵斥那些比丘尼，说她们难养...比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼让已在六法中学习两年但未经僧团认可的式叉摩那出家，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
两年：指两个年度。已学习：指在六法中已学习。未认可：指未经白二羯磨给予出家的认可。让出家：指让受具足戒。
如果说"我要让她出家"而寻找小众或阿阇梨或钵或衣，或划定界场，犯恶作。宣布动议时，犯恶作。两次羯磨文时，犯恶作。羯磨文结束时，戒师犯忏悔。小众和阿阇梨犯恶作。
如法羯磨时认为是如法羯磨而让出家，犯忏悔。如法羯磨时怀疑而让出家，犯忏悔。如法羯磨时认为是非法羯磨而让出家，犯忏悔。
非法羯磨时认为是如法羯磨，犯恶作。非法羯磨时怀疑，犯恶作。非法羯磨时认为是非法羯磨，犯恶作。
无罪过：让已在六法中学习两年且经僧团认可的式叉摩那出家，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第四学处已结束。
第五学处

1090. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme . Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo ūnadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. Tā akkhamā honti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ. Uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ anadhivāsakajātikā honti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo ūnadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo ūnadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo ūnadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti! Ūnadvādasavassā [ūnadvādasavassāhi (ka.)], bhikkhave, gihigatā akkhamā hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ. Uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ anadhivāsakajātikā hoti. Dvādasavassāva [dvādasavassā ca (syā. ka.)] kho, bhikkhave, gihigatā khamā hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ. Uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātikā hoti. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1091.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī ūnadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1092.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Ūnadvādasavassā nāma appattadvādasavassā. Gihigatā nāma purisantaragatā vuccati. Vuṭṭhāpeyyāti upasampādeyya.

‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1093. Ūnadvādasavassāya ūnadvādasavassasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ūnadvādasavassāya vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnadvādasavassāya paripuṇṇasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, anāpatti.

Paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya ūnadvādasavassasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya paripuṇṇasaññā, anāpatti.

1094. Anāpatti ūnadvādasavassaṃ paripuṇṇasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ paripuṇṇasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ



以下是完整的直译：
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们让未满十二岁的已婚女子出家。她们不能忍受寒、热、饥、渴、虻、蚊、风、日晒、爬虫的接触，恶语和恶意的言辞。当身体生起痛苦、剧烈、粗重、尖锐、不悦、不适、致命的感受时，她们无法忍受。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能让未满十二岁的已婚女子出家呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的让未满十二岁的已婚女子出家吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能让未满十二岁的已婚女子出家呢！比丘们，未满十二岁的已婚女子不能忍受寒、热、饥、渴、虻、蚊、风、日晒、爬虫的接触，恶语和恶意的言辞。当身体生起痛苦、剧烈、粗重、尖锐、不悦、不适、致命的感受时，她无法忍受。比丘们，只有满十二岁的已婚女子才能忍受寒、热、饥、渴、虻、蚊、风、日晒、爬虫的接触，恶语和恶意的言辞。当身体生起痛苦、剧烈、粗重、尖锐、不悦、不适、致命的感受时，她能忍受。比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼让未满十二岁的已婚女子出家，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
未满十二岁：指未达到十二岁。已婚女子：指已与男子发生关系的女子。让出家：指让受具足戒。
如果说"我要让她出家"而寻找小众或阿阇梨或钵或衣，或划定界场，犯恶作。宣布动议时，犯恶作。两次羯磨文时，犯恶作。羯磨文结束时，戒师犯忏悔。小众和阿阇梨犯恶作。
对未满十二岁者认为是未满十二岁而让出家，犯忏悔。对未满十二岁者怀疑而让出家，犯恶作。对未满十二岁者认为已满十二岁而让出家，无罪。
对已满十二岁者认为是未满十二岁，犯恶作。对已满十二岁者怀疑，犯恶作。对已满十二岁者认为已满十二岁，无罪。
无罪过：对未满十二岁者认为已满十二岁而让出家，对已满十二岁者认为已满十二岁而让出家，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第五学处已结束。
第六学处

1095. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. Tā bālā honti abyattā na jānanti kappiyaṃ vā akappiyaṃ vā. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbā. Tāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhunīnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ahaṃ, ayye, itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassā gihigatā saṅghaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ yācāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi yācitabbā. Tatiyampi yācitabbā. Byattāya bhikkhuniyā paṭibalāya saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

1096. ‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassā gihigatā saṅghaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ yācati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ saṅgho itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ dadeyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassā gihigatā saṅghaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ yācati. Saṅgho itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ deti. Yassā ayyāya khamati itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiyā dānaṃ, sā tuṇhassa; yassā nakkhamati, sā bhāseyya.

‘‘Dinnā saṅghena itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammuti. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

Sā paripuṇṇadvādasavassā gihigatā evaṃ vadehīti vattabbā – ‘‘pāṇātipātā veramaṇiṃ dve vassāni avītikkamma samādānaṃ samādiyāmi…pe… vikālabhojanā veramaṇiṃ dve vassāni avītikkamma samādānaṃ samādiyāmī’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā tā bhikkhuniyo anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1097.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1098.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Paripuṇṇadvādasavassā nāma pattadvādasavassā. Gihigatā nāma purisantaragatā vuccati. Dve vassānīti dve saṃvaccharāni. Asikkhitasikkhā nāma sikkhā vā na dinnā hoti, dinnā vā sikkhā kupitā. Vuṭṭhāpeyyāti upasampādeyya.

‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1099. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.



以下是完整的直译：
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们让已满十二岁但未在六法中学习两年的已婚女子出家。她们愚笨无知，不懂什么是如法的、什么是不如法的。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能让已满十二岁但未在六法中学习两年的已婚女子出家呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的让已满十二岁但未在六法中学习两年的已婚女子出家吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能让已满十二岁但未在六法中学习两年的已婚女子出家呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."呵斥后...作了如法开示，对比丘们说："比丘们，我允许给予已满十二岁的已婚女子两年六法学习的认可。比丘们，应当如此给予。那位已满十二岁的已婚女子应当走近僧团，偏袒上衣于一肩，礼敬比丘尼们的双足，蹲踞，合掌，如此说：'尊者们，我某某是某某尊者的已满十二岁的已婚女子。我请求僧团给予两年六法学习的认可。'应当第二次请求。应当第三次请求。由一位有能力的比丘尼向僧团宣布：
"尊者们，请僧团听我说。这位某某是某某尊者的已满十二岁的已婚女子，请求僧团给予两年六法学习的认可。如果僧团已到时机，僧团应当给予某某已满十二岁的已婚女子两年六法学习的认可。这是动议。
"尊者们，请僧团听我说。这位某某是某某尊者的已满十二岁的已婚女子，请求僧团给予两年六法学习的认可。僧团正在给予某某已满十二岁的已婚女子两年六法学习的认可。哪位尊者同意给予某某已满十二岁的已婚女子两年六法学习的认可，请保持沉默；哪位不同意，请说出来。
"僧团已经给予某某已满十二岁的已婚女子两年六法学习的认可。僧团同意，因此保持沉默。我如此记住这件事。"
应当告诉那位已满十二岁的已婚女子说："你这样说：'我受持不杀生的学处，两年内不违犯...我受持不非时食的学处，两年内不违犯。'"
然后世尊以种种方式呵斥那些比丘尼，说她们难养...比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼让已满十二岁但未在六法中学习两年的已婚女子出家，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
已满十二岁：指已达到十二岁。已婚女子：指已与男子****的女子。两年：指两个年度。未学习：指未给予学处，或给予后已破坏。让出家：指让受具足戒。
如果说"我要让她出家"而寻找小众或阿阇梨或钵或衣，或划定界场，犯恶作。宣布动议时，犯恶作。两次羯磨文时，犯恶作。羯磨文结束时，戒师犯忏悔。小众和阿阇梨犯恶作。
如法羯磨时认为是如法羯磨而让出家，犯忏悔。如法羯磨时怀疑而让出家，犯忏悔。如法羯磨时认为是非法羯磨而让出家，犯忏悔。
非法羯磨时认为是如法羯磨而让出家，犯恶作。非法羯磨时怀疑而让出家，犯恶作。非法羯磨时认为是非法羯磨而让出家，犯恶作。

1100. Anāpatti paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

7. Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ

1101. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. Bhikkhuniyo evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘etha sikkhamānā, imaṃ jānātha, imaṃ detha, imaṃ āharatha, iminā attho, imaṃ kappiyaṃ karothā’’ti. Tā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘na mayaṃ, ayye, sikkhamānā, bhikkhuniyo maya’’nti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ saṅghena asammattaṃ vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma bhikkhave bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbā. Tāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhunīnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ahaṃ, ayye, itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassā gihigatā dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā, saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ yācāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi yācitabbā. Tatiyampi yācitabbā. Byattāya bhikkhuniyā paṭibalāya saṅgho ñāpetabbo.

1102. ‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassā gihigatā dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ yācati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ dadeyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassā gihigatā dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ yācati. Saṅgho itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ deti. Yassā ayyāya khamati itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya vuṭṭhānasammutiyā dānaṃ, sā tuṇhassa; yassā nakkhamati, sā bhāseyya.

‘‘Dinnā saṅghena itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya gihigatāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya vuṭṭhānasammuti. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā tā bhikkhuniyo anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1103.‘‘Yāpana bhikkhunī paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiya’’nti.



以下是完整的直译：
无罪过：让已满十二岁且已在六法中学习两年的已婚女子出家，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第六学处已结束。
第七学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们让已满十二岁且已在六法中学习两年但未经僧团认可的已婚女子出家。比丘尼们这样说："来吧，式叉摩那，了解这个，给这个，拿这个来，需要这个，把这个做成如法的。"她们这样说："尊者们，我们不是式叉摩那。我们是比丘尼。"那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能让已满十二岁且已在六法中学习两年但未经僧团认可的已婚女子出家呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的让已满十二岁且已在六法中学习两年但未经僧团认可的已婚女子出家吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能让已满十二岁且已在六法中学习两年但未经僧团认可的已婚女子出家呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."呵斥后...作了如法开示，对比丘们说："比丘们，我允许给予已满十二岁且已在六法中学习两年的已婚女子出家的认可。比丘们，应当如此给予。那位已满十二岁且已在六法中学习两年的已婚女子应当走近僧团，偏袒上衣于一肩，礼敬比丘尼们的双足，蹲踞，合掌，如此说：'尊者们，我某某是某某尊者的已满十二岁且已在六法中学习两年的已婚女子。我请求僧团给予出家的认可。'应当第二次请求。应当第三次请求。由一位有能力的比丘尼向僧团宣布：
"尊者们，请僧团听我说。这位某某是某某尊者的已满十二岁且已在六法中学习两年的已婚女子，请求僧团给予出家的认可。如果僧团已到时机，僧团应当给予某某已满十二岁且已在六法中学习两年的已婚女子出家的认可。这是动议。
"尊者们，请僧团听我说。这位某某是某某尊者的已满十二岁且已在六法中学习两年的已婚女子，请求僧团给予出家的认可。僧团正在给予某某已满十二岁且已在六法中学习两年的已婚女子出家的认可。哪位尊者同意给予某某已满十二岁且已在六法中学习两年的已婚女子出家的认可，请保持沉默；哪位不同意，请说出来。
"僧团已经给予某某已满十二岁且已在六法中学习两年的已婚女子出家的认可。僧团同意，因此保持沉默。我如此记住这件事。"
然后世尊以种种方式呵斥那些比丘尼，说她们难养...比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼让已满十二岁且已在六法中学习两年但未经僧团认可的已婚女子出家，犯忏悔。"

1104.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Paripuṇṇadvādasavassā nāma pattadvādasavassā. Gihigatā nāma purisantaragatā vuccati. Dve vassānīti dve saṃvaccharāni. Sikkhitasikkhā nāma chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā. Asammatā nāma ñattidutiyena kammena vuṭṭhānasammuti na dinnā hoti. Vuṭṭhāpeyyāti upasampādeyya.

‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1105. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1106. Anāpatti paripuṇṇadvādasavassaṃ gihigataṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

8. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ

1107. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī sahajīviniṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā dve vassāni neva anuggaṇhāti na anuggaṇhāpeti. Tā bālā honti abyattā; na jānanti kappiyaṃ vā akappiyaṃ vā. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā sahajīviniṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā dve vassāni neva anuggaṇhissati na anuggaṇhāpessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī sahajīviniṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā dve vassāni neva anuggaṇhāti na anuggaṇhāpetīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī sahajīviniṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā dve vassāni neva anuggaṇhissati na anuggaṇhāpessati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1108.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī sahajīviniṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā dve vassāni neva anuggaṇheyya na anuggaṇhāpeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1109.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Sahajīvinī nāma saddhivihārinī vuccati. Vuṭṭhāpetvāti upasampādetvā. Dve vassānīti dve saṃvaccharāni.

Neva anuggaṇheyyāti na sayaṃ anuggaṇheyya uddesena paripucchāya ovādena anusāsaniyā.

Na anuggaṇhāpeyyāti na aññaṃ āṇāpeyya ‘‘dve vassāni neva anuggaṇhissāmi na anuggaṇhāpessāmī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte āpatti pācittiyassa.

1110. Anāpatti sati antarāye, pariyesitvā na labhati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

9. Navamasikkhāpadaṃ

1111. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo vuṭṭhāpitaṃ pavattiniṃ dve vassāni nānubandhanti. Tā bālā honti abyattā; na jānanti kappiyaṃ vā akappiyaṃ vā. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo vuṭṭhāpitaṃ pavattiniṃ dve vassāni nānubandhissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo vuṭṭhāpitaṃ pavattiniṃ dve vassāni nānubandhantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo vuṭṭhāpitaṃ pavattiniṃ dve vassāni nānubandhissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1112.‘‘Yāpana bhikkhunī vuṭṭhāpitaṃ pavattiniṃ dve vassāni nānubandheyya, pācittiya’’nti.



以下是完整的直译：
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
已满十二岁：指已达到十二岁。已婚女子：指已与男子发生关系的女子。两年：指两个年度。已学习：指在六法中已学习。未认可：指未经白二羯磨给予出家的认可。让出家：指让受具足戒。
如果说"我要让她出家"而寻找小众或阿阇梨或钵或衣，或划定界场，犯恶作。宣布动议时，犯恶作。两次羯磨文时，犯恶作。羯磨文结束时，戒师犯忏悔。小众和阿阇梨犯恶作。
如法羯磨时认为是如法羯磨而让出家，犯忏悔。如法羯磨时怀疑而让出家，犯忏悔。如法羯磨时认为是非法羯磨而让出家，犯忏悔。
非法羯磨时认为是如法羯磨，犯恶作。非法羯磨时怀疑，犯恶作。非法羯磨时认为是非法羯磨，犯恶作。
无罪过：让已满十二岁且已在六法中学习两年并经僧团认可的已婚女子出家，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第七学处已结束。
第八学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，偷兰难陀比丘尼让共住者出家后，两年既不教导也不让人教导。她们愚笨无知，不懂什么是如法的、什么是不如法的。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："偷兰难陀尊者怎么能让共住者出家后，两年既不教导也不让人教导呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，偷兰难陀比丘尼真的让共住者出家后，两年既不教导也不让人教导吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，偷兰难陀比丘尼怎么能让共住者出家后，两年既不教导也不让人教导呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼让共住者出家后，两年既不教导也不让人教导，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
共住者：指同住弟子。让出家：指让受具足戒。两年：指两个年度。
不教导：指不亲自以诵读、询问、教诫、指导来教导。
不让人教导：指不命令他人。如果说"两年我既不教导也不让人教导"而放弃责任，即犯忏悔。
无罪过：如果有障碍，寻找后找不到，生病，遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第八学处已结束。
第九学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们两年不跟随让她们出家的戒师。她们愚笨无知，不懂什么是如法的、什么是不如法的。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能两年不跟随让她们出家的戒师呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的两年不跟随让她们出家的戒师吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能两年不跟随让她们出家的戒师呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼两年不跟随让她出家的戒师，犯忏悔。"

1113.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Vuṭṭhāpitanti upasampāditaṃ. Pavattinī nāma upajjhāyā vuccati. Dve vassānīti dve saṃvaccharāni. Nānubandheyyāti na sayaṃ upaṭṭhaheyya. Dve vassāni nānubandhissāmīti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte āpatti pācittiyassa.

1114. Anāpatti upajjhāyā bālā vā hoti alajjinī vā, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Navamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

10. Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ

1115. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī sahajīviniṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā neva vūpakāseti na vūpakāsāpeti. Sāmiko aggahesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā sahajīviniṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā neva vūpakāsessati na vūpakāsāpessati, sāmiko aggahesi ! Sacāyaṃ bhikkhunī pakkantā assa, na ca sāmiko gaṇheyyā’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī sahajīviniṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā neva vūpakāseti na vūpakāsāpeti […si (ka.)], sāmiko aggahesīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī sahajīviniṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā neva vūpakāsessati na vūpakāsāpessati, sāmiko aggahesi! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1116.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī sahajīviniṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā neva vūpakāseyya na vūpakāsāpeyya antamaso chappañcayojanānipi, pācittiya’’nti.

1117.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Sahajīvinī nāma saddhivihārinī vuccati. Vuṭṭhāpetvāti upasampādetvā. Nevavūpakāseyyāti na sayaṃ vūpakāseyya. Na vūpakāsāpeyyāti na aññaṃ āṇāpeyya. ‘‘Neva vūpakāsessāmi na vūpakāsāpessāmi antamaso chappañcayojanānipī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte āpatti pācittiyassa.

1118. Anāpatti sati antarāye, pariyesitvā dutiyikaṃ bhikkhuniṃ na labhati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Gabbhinivaggo sattamo.

8. Kumārībhūtavaggo

1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ

1119. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo ūnavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. Tā akkhamā honti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ. Uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ anadhivāsakajātikā honti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo ūnavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo ūnavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo ūnavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti! Ūnavīsativassā, bhikkhave, kumāribhūtā akkhamā hoti sītassa uṇhassa…pe… pāṇaharānaṃ anadhivāsakajātikā hoti. Vīsativassāva kho, bhikkhave, kumāribhūtā khamā hoti sītassa uṇhassa…pe… pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātikā hoti. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1120.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī ūnavīsativassaṃkumāribhūtaṃ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1121.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Ūnavīsativassā nāma appattavīsativassā. Kumāribhūtā nāma sāmaṇerī vuccati. Vuṭṭhāpeyyāti upasampādeyya.

‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.



以下是完整的直译：
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
让出家：指让受具足戒。戒师：指和尚尼。两年：指两个年度。不跟随：指不亲自侍奉。如果说"两年我不跟随"而放弃责任，即犯忏悔。
无罪过：如果戒师愚笨或无惭愧，生病，遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第九学处已结束。
第十学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，偷兰难陀比丘尼让共住者出家后，既不让她离开也不让人让她离开。她的丈夫抓住了她。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："偷兰难陀尊者怎么能让共住者出家后，既不让她离开也不让人让她离开，她的丈夫抓住了她！如果这位比丘尼离开了，她的丈夫就不会抓住她了。"...（他们）问："比丘们，偷兰难陀比丘尼真的让共住者出家后，既不让她离开也不让人让她离开，她的丈夫抓住了她吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，偷兰难陀比丘尼怎么能让共住者出家后，既不让她离开也不让人让她离开，她的丈夫抓住了她！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼让共住者出家后，既不让她离开也不让人让她离开，至少五六由旬，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
共住者：指同住**。让出家：指让受具足戒。不让离开：指不亲自让离开。不让人让离开：指不命令他人。如果说"我既不让她离开也不让人让她离开，至少五六由旬"而放弃责任，即犯忏悔。
无罪过：如果有障碍，寻找后找不到第二位比丘尼，生病，遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第十学处已结束。
孕妇品第七已结束。
童女品
第一学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们让未满二十岁的童女出家。她们不能忍受寒、热、饥、渴、虻、蚊、风、日晒、爬虫的接触，恶语和恶意的言辞。当身体生起痛苦、剧烈、粗重、尖锐、不悦、不适、致命的感受时，她们无法忍受。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能让未满二十岁的童女出家呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的让未满二十岁的童女出家吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能让未满二十岁的童女出家呢！比丘们，未满二十岁的童女不能忍受寒、热...致命的感受，无法忍受。比丘们，只有满二十岁的童女才能忍受寒、热...致命的感受，能忍受。比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼让未满二十岁的童女出家，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
未满二十岁：指未达到二十岁。童女：指沙弥尼。让出家：指让受具足戒。
如果说"我要让她出家"而寻找小众或阿阇梨或钵或衣，或划定界场，犯恶作。宣布动议时，犯恶作。两次羯磨文时，犯恶作。羯磨文结束时，戒师犯忏悔。小众和阿阇梨犯恶作。

1122. Ūnavīsativassāya ūnavīsativassasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ūnavīsativassāya vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ūnavīsativassāya paripuṇṇasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, anāpatti. Paripuṇṇavīsativassāya ūnavīsativassasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paripuṇṇavīsativassāya vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Paripuṇṇavīsativassāya paripuṇṇasaññā, anāpatti.

1123. Anāpatti ūnavīsativassaṃ paripuṇṇasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ paripuṇṇasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

2. Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ

1124. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. Tā bālā honti abyattā; na jānanti kappiyaṃ vā akappiyaṃ vā. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭhārasavassāya kumāribhūtāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana bhikkhave dātabbā. Tāya aṭṭhārasavassāya kumāribhūtāya saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhunīnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ahaṃ, ayye , itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya aṭṭhārasavassā kumāribhūtā saṅghaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ yācāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi yācitabbā. Tatiyampi yācitabbā. Byattāya bhikkhuniyā paṭibalāya saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

1125. ‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya aṭṭhārasavassā kumāribhūtā saṅghaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ yācati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmāya aṭṭhārasavassāya kumāribhūtāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ dadeyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya aṭṭhārasavassā kumāribhūtā saṅghaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ yācati. Saṅgho itthannāmāya aṭṭhārasavassāya kumāribhūtāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiṃ deti. Yassā ayyāya khamati itthannāmāya aṭṭhārasavassāya kumāribhūtāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammutiyā dānaṃ, sā tuṇhassa; yassā nakkhamati, sā bhāseyya.

‘‘Dinnā saṅghena itthannāmāya aṭṭhārasavassāya kumāribhūtāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhāsammuti. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

Sā aṭṭhārasavassā kumāribhūtā evaṃ vadehīti vattabbā – ‘‘pāṇātipātā veramaṇiṃ dve vassāni avītikkamma samādānaṃ samādiyāmi…pe… vikālabhojanā veramaṇiṃ dve vassāni avītikkamma samādānaṃ samādiyāmī’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā tā bhikkhuniyo anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1126.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu asikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiya’’nti.



以下是完整的直译：
对未满二十岁者认为是未满二十岁而让出家，犯忏悔。对未满二十岁者怀疑而让出家，犯恶作。对未满二十岁者认为已满二十岁而让出家，无罪。对已满二十岁者认为是未满二十岁，犯恶作。对已满二十岁者怀疑，犯恶作。对已满二十岁者认为已满二十岁，无罪。
无罪过：对未满二十岁者认为已满二十岁而让出家，对已满二十岁者认为已满二十岁而让出家，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第一学处已结束。
第二学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们让已满二十岁但未在六法中学习两年的童女出家。她们愚笨无知，不懂什么是如法的、什么是不如法的。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能让已满二十岁但未在六法中学习两年的童女出家呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的让已满二十岁但未在六法中学习两年的童女出家吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能让已满二十岁但未在六法中学习两年的童女出家呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."呵斥后...作了如法开示，对比丘们说："比丘们，我允许给予已满十八岁的童女两年六法学习的认可。比丘们，应当如此给予。那位已满十八岁的童女应当走近僧团，偏袒上衣于一肩，礼敬比丘尼们的双足，蹲踞，合掌，如此说：'尊者们，我某某是某某尊者的已满十八岁的童女。我请求僧团给予两年六法学习的认可。'应当第二次请求。应当第三次请求。由一位有能力的比丘尼向僧团宣布：
"尊者们，请僧团听我说。这位某某是某某尊者的已满十八岁的童女，请求僧团给予两年六法学习的认可。如果僧团已到时机，僧团应当给予某某已满十八岁的童女两年六法学习的认可。这是动议。
"尊者们，请僧团听我说。这位某某是某某尊者的已满十八岁的童女，请求僧团给予两年六法学习的认可。僧团正在给予某某已满十八岁的童女两年六法学习的认可。哪位尊者同意给予某某已满十八岁的童女两年六法学习的认可，请保持沉默；哪位不同意，请说出来。
"僧团已经给予某某已满十八岁的童女两年六法学习的认可。僧团同意，因此保持沉默。我如此记住这件事。"
应当告诉那位已满十八岁的童女说："你这样说：'我受持不杀生的学处，两年内不违犯...我受持不非时食的学处，两年内不违犯。'"
然后世尊以种种方式呵斥那些比丘尼，说她们难养...比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼让已满二十岁但未在六法中学习两年的童女出家，犯忏悔。"

1127.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Paripuṇṇavīsativassā nāma pattavīsativassā. Kumāribhūtā nāma sāmaṇerī vuccati. Dve vassānīti dve saṃvaccharāni. Asikkhitasikkhā nāma sikkhā vā na dinnā hoti, dinnā vā sikkhā kupitā. Vuṭṭhāpeyyāti upasampādeyya.

‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1128. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa . Dhammakamme vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1129. Anāpatti paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

3. Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ

1130. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpenti. Bhikkhuniyo evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘etha sikkhamānā, imaṃ jānātha, imaṃ detha, imaṃ āharatha, iminā attho, imaṃ kappiyaṃ karothā’’ti. Tā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘na mayaṃ, ayye, sikkhamānā; bhikkhuniyo maya’’nti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave , appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paripuṇṇavīsativassāya kumāribhūtāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbā. Tāya paripuṇṇavīsativassāya kumāribhūtāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhunīnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ahaṃ, ayye, itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya paripuṇṇavīsativassā kumāribhūtā dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ yācāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi yācitabbā. Tatiyampi yācitabbā. Byattāya bhikkhuniyā paṭibalāya saṅgho ñāpetabbo –



以下是完整的直译：
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
已满二十岁：指已达到二十岁。童女：指沙弥尼。两年：指两个年度。未学习：指未给予学处，或给予后已破坏。让出家：指让受具足戒。
如果说"我要让她出家"而寻找小众或阿阇梨或钵或衣，或划定界场，犯恶作。宣布动议时，犯恶作。两次羯磨文时，犯恶作。羯磨文结束时，戒师犯忏悔。小众和阿阇梨犯恶作。
如法羯磨时认为是如法羯磨而让出家，犯忏悔。如法羯磨时怀疑而让出家，犯忏悔。如法羯磨时认为是非法羯磨而让出家，犯忏悔。
非法羯磨时认为是如法羯磨，犯恶作。非法羯磨时怀疑，犯恶作。非法羯磨时认为是非法羯磨，犯恶作。
无罪过：让已满二十岁且已在六法中学习两年的童女出家，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第二学处已结束。
第三学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们让已满二十岁且已在六法中学习两年但未经僧团认可的童女出家。比丘尼们这样说："来吧，式叉摩那，了解这个，给这个，拿这个来，需要这个，把这个做成如法的。"她们这样说："尊者们，我们不是式叉摩那。我们是比丘尼。"那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能让已满二十岁且已在六法中学习两年但未经僧团认可的童女出家呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的让已满二十岁且已在六法中学习两年但未经僧团认可的童女出家吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能让已满二十岁且已在六法中学习两年但未经僧团认可的童女出家呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."呵斥后...作了如法开示，对比丘们说："比丘们，我允许给予已满二十岁且已在六法中学习两年的童女出家的认可。比丘们，应当如此给予。那位已满二十岁且已在六法中学习两年的童女应当走近僧团，偏袒上衣于一肩，礼敬比丘尼们的双足，蹲踞，合掌，如此说：'尊者们，我某某是某某尊者的已满二十岁且已在六法中学习两年的童女。我请求僧团给予出家的认可。'应当第二次请求。应当第三次请求。由一位有能力的比丘尼向僧团宣布：

1131. ‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya paripuṇṇavīsativassā kumāribhūtā dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ yācati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ saṅgho itthannāmāya paripuṇṇavīsativassāya kumāribhūtāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ dadeyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā itthannāmāya ayyāya paripuṇṇavīsativassā kumāribhūtā dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ yācati. Saṅgho itthannāmāya paripuṇṇavīsativassāya kumāribhūtāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya vuṭṭhānasammutiṃ deti. Yassā ayyāya khamati itthannāmāya paripuṇṇavīsativassāya kumāribhūtāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya vuṭṭhānasammutiyā dānaṃ, sā tuṇhassa; yassā nakkhamati, sā bhāseyya.

‘‘Dinnā saṅghena itthannāmāya paripuṇṇavīsativassāya kumāribhūtāya dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya vuṭṭhānasammuti. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā tā bhikkhuniyo anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1132.‘‘Yāpana bhikkhunī paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ saṅghena asammataṃ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1133.Yāpanāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Paripuṇṇavīsativassā nāma pattavīsativassā. Kumāribhūtā nāma sāmaṇerī vuccati. Dve vassānīti dve saṃvaccharāni. Sikkhitasikkhā nāma chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā . Asammatā nāma ñattidutiyena kammena vuṭṭhānasammuti na dinnā hoti. Vuṭṭhāpeyyāti upasampādeyya.

‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1134. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1135. Anāpatti paripuṇṇavīsativassaṃ kumāribhūtaṃ dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

4. Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ

1136. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo ūnadvādasavassā vuṭṭhāpenti. Tā bālā honti abyattā na jānanti kappiyaṃ vā akappiyaṃ vā. Saddhivihāriniyopi bālā honti abyattā; na jānanti kappiyaṃ vā akappiyaṃ vā. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo ūnadvādasavassā vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo ūnadvādasavassā vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo ūnadvādasavassā vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1137.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī ūnadvādasavassā vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1138.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Ūnadvādasavassā nāma appattadvādasavassā.

Vuṭṭhāpeyyāti upasampādeyya.

‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1139. Anāpatti paripuṇṇadvādasavassā vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

5. Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ



以下是完整的直译：
"尊者们，请僧团听我说。这位某某是某某尊者的已满二十岁且已在六法中学习两年的童女，请求僧团给予出家的认可。如果僧团已到时机，僧团应当给予某某已满二十岁且已在六法中学习两年的童女出家的认可。这是动议。
"尊者们，请僧团听我说。这位某某是某某尊者的已满二十岁且已在六法中学习两年的童女，请求僧团给予出家的认可。僧团正在给予某某已满二十岁且已在六法中学习两年的童女出家的认可。哪位尊者同意给予某某已满二十岁且已在六法中学习两年的童女出家的认可，请保持沉默；哪位不同意，请说出来。
"僧团已经给予某某已满二十岁且已在六法中学习两年的童女出家的认可。僧团同意，因此保持沉默。我如此记住这件事。"
然后世尊以种种方式呵斥那些比丘尼，说她们难养...比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼让已满二十岁且已在六法中学习两年但未经僧团认可的童女出家，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
已满二十岁：指已达到二十岁。童女：指沙弥尼。两年：指两个年度。已学习：指在六法中已学习。未认可：指未经白二羯磨给予出家的认可。让出家：指让受具足戒。
如果说"我要让她出家"而寻找小众或阿阇梨或钵或衣，或划定界场，犯恶作。宣布动议时，犯恶作。两次羯磨文时，犯恶作。羯磨文结束时，戒师犯忏悔。小众和阿阇梨犯恶作。
如法羯磨时认为是如法羯磨而让出家，犯忏悔。如法羯磨时怀疑而让出家，犯忏悔。如法羯磨时认为是非法羯磨而让出家，犯忏悔。
非法羯磨时认为是如法羯磨，犯恶作。非法羯磨时怀疑，犯恶作。非法羯磨时认为是非法羯磨，犯恶作。
无罪过：让已满二十岁且已在六法中学习两年并经僧团认可的童女出家，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第三学处已结束。
第四学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们让未满十二岁的人出家。她们愚笨无知，不懂什么是如法的、什么是不如法的。同住弟子们也愚笨无知，不懂什么是如法的、什么是不如法的。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能让未满十二岁的人出家呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的让未满十二岁的人出家吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能让未满十二岁的人出家呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼让未满十二岁的人出家，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
未满十二岁：指未达到十二岁。
让出家：指让受具足戒。
如果说"我要让她出家"而寻找小众或阿阇梨或钵或衣，或划定界场，犯恶作。宣布动议时，犯恶作。两次羯磨文时，犯恶作。羯磨文结束时，戒师犯忏悔。小众和阿阇梨犯恶作。
无罪过：让已满十二岁的人出家，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第四学处已结束。
第五学处

1140. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassā saṅghena asammatā vuṭṭhāpenti. Tā bālā honti abyattā; na jānanti kappiyaṃ vā akappiyaṃ vā. Saddhivihāriniyopi bālā honti abyattā; na jānanti kappiyaṃ vā akappiyaṃ vā. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassā saṅghena asammatā vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassā saṅghena asammatā vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo paripuṇṇadvādasavassā saṅghena asammatā vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya bhikkhuniyā vuṭṭhāpanasammutiṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbā. Tāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya bhikkhuniyā saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ahaṃ, ayye, itthannāmā paripuṇṇadvādasavassā bhikkhunī saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhāpanasammutiṃ yācāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi yācitabbā. Tatiyampi yācitabbā. Sā bhikkhunī saṅghena paricchinditabbā – ‘‘byattāyaṃ bhikkhunī lajjinī’’ti. Sace bālā ca hoti alajjinī ca, na dātabbā. Sace bālā hoti lajjinī, na dātabbā. Sace byattā hoti alajjinī, na dātabbā. Sace byattā ca hoti lajjinī ca, dātabbā. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbā. Byattāya bhikkhuniyā paṭibalāya saṅgho ñāpetabbo –

1141. ‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā paripuṇṇadvādasavassā bhikkhunī saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhāpanasammutiṃ yācati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya bhikkhuniyā vuṭṭhāpanasammutiṃ dadeyya. Esā ñatti.

‘‘Suṇātu me, ayye, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmā paripuṇṇadvādasavassā bhikkhunī saṅghaṃ vuṭṭhāpanasammutiṃ yācati. Saṅgho itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya bhikkhuniyā vuṭṭhāpanasammutiṃ deti. Yassā ayyāya khamati itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya bhikkhuniyā vuṭṭhāpanasammutiyā dānaṃ, sā tuṇhassa; yassā nakkhamati, sā bhāseyya.

‘‘Dinnā saṅghena itthannāmāya paripuṇṇadvādasavassāya bhikkhuniyā vuṭṭhāpanasammuti. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā tā bhikkhuniyo anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1142.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī paripuṇṇadvādasavassā saṅghena asammatā vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiya’’nti .

1143.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Paripuṇṇadvādasavassā nāma pattadvādasavassā.

Asammatā nāma ñattidutiyena kammena vuṭṭhāpanasammuti na dinnā hoti. Vuṭṭhāpeyyāti upasampādeyya.

‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1144. Dhammakamme dhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme vematikā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Dhammakamme adhammakammasaññā vuṭṭhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Adhammakamme dhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Adhammakamme adhammakammasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1145. Anāpatti paripuṇṇadvādasavassā saṅghena sammatā vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ



以下是完整的直译：
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们让已满十二岁但未经僧团认可的人出家。她们愚笨无知，不懂什么是如法的、什么是不如法的。同住**们也愚笨无知，不懂什么是如法的、什么是不如法的。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能让已满十二岁但未经僧团认可的人出家呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的让已满十二岁但未经僧团认可的人出家吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能让已满十二岁但未经僧团认可的人出家呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."呵斥后...作了如法开示，对比丘们说："比丘们，我允许给予已满十二岁的比丘尼出家的认可。比丘们，应当如此给予。那位已满十二岁的比丘尼应当走近僧团，偏袒上衣于一肩，礼敬年长比丘尼们的双足，蹲踞，合掌，如此说：'尊者们，我某某是已满十二岁的比丘尼。我请求僧团给予出家的认可。'应当第二次请求。应当第三次请求。僧团应当审查那位比丘尼：'这位比丘尼是有能力的、有惭愧心的。'如果她愚笨且无惭愧心，不应给予。如果她愚笨但有惭愧心，不应给予。如果她有能力但无惭愧心，不应给予。如果她有能力且有惭愧心，应当给予。比丘们，应当如此给予。由一位有能力的比丘尼向僧团宣布：
"尊者们，请僧团听我说。这位某某是已满十二岁的比丘尼，请求僧团给予出家的认可。如果僧团已到时机，僧团应当给予某某已满十二岁的比丘尼出家的认可。这是动议。
"尊者们，请僧团听我说。这位某某是已满十二岁的比丘尼，请求僧团给予出家的认可。僧团正在给予某某已满十二岁的比丘尼出家的认可。哪位尊者同意给予某某已满十二岁的比丘尼出家的认可，请保持沉默；哪位不同意，请说出来。
"僧团已经给予某某已满十二岁的比丘尼出家的认可。僧团同意，因此保持沉默。我如此记住这件事。"
然后世尊以种种方式呵斥那些比丘尼，说她们难养...比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼让已满十二岁但未经僧团认可的人出家，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
已满十二岁：指已达到十二岁。
未认可：指未经白二羯磨给予出家的认可。让出家：指让受具足戒。
如果说"我要让她出家"而寻找小众或阿阇梨或钵或衣，或划定界场，犯恶作。宣布动议时，犯恶作。两次羯磨文时，犯恶作。羯磨文结束时，戒师犯忏悔。小众和阿阇梨犯恶作。
如法羯磨时认为是如法羯磨而让出家，犯忏悔。如法羯磨时怀疑而让出家，犯忏悔。如法羯磨时认为是非法羯磨而让出家，犯忏悔。
非法羯磨时认为是如法羯磨，犯恶作。非法羯磨时怀疑，犯恶作。非法羯磨时认为是非法羯磨，犯恶作。
无罪过：让已满十二岁并经僧团认可的人出家，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第五学处已结束。
第六学处

1146. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā vuṭṭhāpanasammutiṃ yācati. Atha kho bhikkhunisaṅgho caṇḍakāḷiṃ bhikkhuniṃ paricchinditvā – ‘‘alaṃ tāva te, ayye, vuṭṭhāpitenā’’ti, vuṭṭhāpanasammutiṃ na adāsi. Caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī ‘sādhū’ti paṭissuṇi. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhunisaṅgho aññāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ vuṭṭhāpanasammutiṃ deti. Caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘ahameva nūna bālā, ahameva nūna alajjinī; yaṃ saṅgho aññāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ vuṭṭhāpanasammutiṃ deti, mayhameva na detī’’ti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā caṇḍakāḷī – ‘alaṃ tāva te, ayye, vuṭṭhāpitenā’ti vuccamānā ‘sādhū’ti paṭissuṇitvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, ‘caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī alaṃ tāva te ayye vuṭṭhāpitenā’ti vuccamānā ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇitvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjatīti [āpajjīti (ka.)]? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, caṇḍakāḷī bhikkhunī – ‘‘alaṃ tāva te, ayye, vuṭṭhāpitenā’’ti vuccamānā ‘sādhū’ti paṭissuṇitvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1147.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī – ‘alaṃ tāva te, ayye, vuṭṭhāpitenā’ti vuccamānā ‘sādhū’tipaṭissuṇitvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1148.Yāpanāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Alaṃ tāva te ayye vuṭṭhāpitenāti alaṃ tāva te, ayye, upasampāditena. ‘Sādhū’ti paṭissuṇitvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1149. Anāpatti pakatiyā chandā dosā mohā bhayā karontaṃ khiyyati, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

7. Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ

1150. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā sikkhamānā thullanandaṃ bhikkhuniṃ upasaṅkamitvā upasampadaṃ yāci. Thullanandā bhikkhunī taṃ sikkhamānaṃ – ‘‘sace me tvaṃ, ayye, cīvaraṃ dassasi evāhaṃ taṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti vatvā, neva vuṭṭhāpeti na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karoti. Atha kho sā sikkhamānā bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā sikkhamānaṃ – ‘sace me tvaṃ, ayye, cīvaraṃ dassasi evāhaṃ taṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmī’ti vatvā, neva vuṭṭhāpessati na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī sikkhamānaṃ – ‘‘sace me tvaṃ, ayye , cīvaraṃ dassasi evāhaṃ taṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti vatvā, neva vuṭṭhāpeti na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karotīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī sikkhamānaṃ – ‘‘sace me tvaṃ, ayye, cīvaraṃ dassasi evāhaṃ taṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti vatvā, neva vuṭṭhāpessati na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1151.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī sikkhamānaṃ – ‘sace me tvaṃ, ayye, cīvaraṃ dassasi, evāhaṃ taṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmī’ti vatvā, sā pacchā anantarāyikinī neva vuṭṭhāpeyya na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ kareyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1152.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Sikkhamānā nāma dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā.

Sace me tvaṃ ayye cīvaraṃ dassasi evāhaṃ taṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmīti evāhaṃ taṃ upasampādessāmi.

Sā pacchā anantarāyikinīti asati antarāye.

Neva vuṭṭhāpeyyāti na sayaṃ vuṭṭhāpeyya.

Navuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ kareyyāti na aññaṃ āṇāpeyya. ‘‘Neva vuṭṭhāpessāmi na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissāmī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte āpatti pācittiyassa.



以下是完整的直译：
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，旃荼迦利比丘尼走近比丘尼僧团请求出家的认可。然后比丘尼僧团审查旃荼迦利比丘尼后说："尊者，你暂时不要让人出家"，没有给予出家的认可。旃荼迦利比丘尼回答说："好的"。当时，比丘尼僧团给予其他比丘尼们出家的认可。旃荼迦利比丘尼抱怨、批评、指责说："难道只有我愚笨，只有我无惭愧吗？僧团给予其他比丘尼们出家的认可，却不给我。"那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："旃荼迦利尊者怎么能在被告知'尊者，你暂时不要让人出家'时回答'好的'，之后又抱怨呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，旃荼迦利比丘尼真的在被告知'尊者，你暂时不要让人出家'时回答'好的'，之后又抱怨吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，旃荼迦利比丘尼怎么能在被告知'尊者，你暂时不要让人出家'时回答'好的'，之后又抱怨呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼在被告知'尊者，你暂时不要让人出家'时回答'好的'，之后又抱怨，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
尊者，你暂时不要让人出家：指尊者，你暂时不要让人受具足戒。回答"好的"后又抱怨，犯忏悔。
无罪过：如果她因本性或贪、嗔、痴、恐惧而抱怨做这事的人，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第六学处已结束。
第七学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，一位式叉摩那走近偷兰难陀比丘尼请求受具足戒。偷兰难陀比丘尼对那位式叉摩那说："尊者，如果你给我衣服，我就让你出家"，然后既不让她出家也不努力让她出家。然后那位式叉摩那把这件事告诉比丘尼们。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："偷兰难陀尊者怎么能对式叉摩那说'尊者，如果你给我衣服，我就让你出家'，然后既不让她出家也不努力让她出家呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，偷兰难陀比丘尼真的对式叉摩那说'尊者，如果你给我衣服，我就让你出家'，然后既不让她出家也不努力让她出家吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，偷兰难陀比丘尼怎么能对式叉摩那说'尊者，如果你给我衣服，我就让你出家'，然后既不让她出家也不努力让她出家呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼对式叉摩那说'尊者，如果你给我衣服，我就让你出家'，之后在没有障碍的情况下既不让她出家也不努力让她出家，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
式叉摩那：指在六法中学习两年的人。
尊者，如果你给我衣服，我就让你出家：指我就让你受具足戒。
之后在没有障碍的情况下：指没有障碍。
不让她出家：指不亲自让她出家。
不努力让她出家：指不命令他人。如果说"我既不让她出家也不努力让她出家"而放弃责任，即犯忏悔。

1153. Anāpatti sati antarāye, pariyesitvā na labhati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

8. Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ

1154. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā sikkhamānā thullanandaṃ bhikkhuniṃ upasaṅkamitvā upasampadaṃ yāci. Thullanandā bhikkhunī taṃ sikkhamānaṃ ‘‘sace maṃ tvaṃ, ayye, dve vassāni anubandhissasi evāhaṃ taṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti vatvā, neva vuṭṭhāpeti na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karoti. Atha kho sā sikkhamānā bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā sikkhamānaṃ – sace maṃ tvaṃ, ayye, dve vassāni anubandhissasi evāhaṃ taṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmīti vatvā, neva vuṭṭhāpessati na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī sikkhamānaṃ – ‘‘sace maṃ tvaṃ ayye dve vassāni anubandhissasi evāhaṃ taṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti vatvā, neva vuṭṭhāpeti na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karotīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī sikkhamānaṃ – ‘‘sace maṃ tvaṃ, ayye, dve vassāni anubandhissasi evāhaṃ taṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti vatvā, neva vuṭṭhāpessati na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1155.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī sikkhamānaṃ – ‘sace maṃ tvaṃ ayye dve vassāni anubandhissasi evāhaṃ taṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmī’ti vatvā, sā pacchā anantarāyikinīneva vuṭṭhāpeyya na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ kareyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1156.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Sikkhamānā nāma dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā.

Sace maṃ tvaṃ ayye dve vassāni anubandhissasīti dve saṃvaccharāni upaṭṭhahissasi.

Evāhaṃ taṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmīti evāhaṃ taṃ upasampādessāmi.

Sā pacchā anantarāyikinīti asati antarāye.

Neva vuṭṭhāpeyyāti na sayaṃ vuṭṭhāpeyya.

Na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ kareyyāti na aññaṃ āṇāpeyya. ‘‘Neva vuṭṭhāpessāmi na vuṭṭhāpanāya ussukkaṃ karissāmī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhittamatte āpatti pācittiyassa.

1157. Anāpatti sati antarāye, pariyesitvā na labhati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Aṭṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

9. Navamasikkhāpadaṃ

1158. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī purisasaṃsaṭṭhaṃ kumārakasaṃsaṭṭhaṃ caṇḍiṃ sokāvāsaṃ [sokavassaṃ (sī.) sokāvassaṃ (syā.)] caṇḍakāḷiṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpeti. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā purisasaṃsaṭṭhaṃ kumārakasaṃsaṭṭhaṃ caṇḍiṃ sokāvāsaṃ [sokavassaṃ (sī.) sokāvassaṃ (syā.)] caṇḍakāḷiṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī purisasaṃsaṭṭhaṃ kumārakasaṃsaṭṭhaṃ caṇḍiṃ sokāvāsaṃ [sokavassaṃ (sī.) sokāvassaṃ (syā.)] caṇḍakāḷiṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpetīti [vuṭṭhāpesīti (ka.)]? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī purisasaṃsaṭṭhaṃ kumārakasaṃsaṭṭhaṃ caṇḍiṃ sokāvāsaṃ caṇḍakāḷiṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpessati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1159.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī purisasaṃsaṭṭhaṃ kumārakasaṃsaṭṭhaṃ caṇḍiṃ sokāvāsaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiya’’nti.



以下是完整的直译：
无罪过：如果有障碍，寻找后找不到，生病，遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第七学处已结束。
第八学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，一位式叉摩那走近偷兰难陀比丘尼请求受具足戒。偷兰难陀比丘尼对那位式叉摩那说："尊者，如果你跟随我两年，我就让你出家"，然后既不让她出家也不努力让她出家。然后那位式叉摩那把这件事告诉比丘尼们。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："偷兰难陀尊者怎么能对式叉摩那说'尊者，如果你跟随我两年，我就让你出家'，然后既不让她出家也不努力让她出家呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，偷兰难陀比丘尼真的对式叉摩那说'尊者，如果你跟随我两年，我就让你出家'，然后既不让她出家也不努力让她出家吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，偷兰难陀比丘尼怎么能对式叉摩那说'尊者，如果你跟随我两年，我就让你出家'，然后既不让她出家也不努力让她出家呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼对式叉摩那说'尊者，如果你跟随我两年，我就让你出家'，之后在没有障碍的情况下既不让她出家也不努力让她出家，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
式叉摩那：指在六法中学习两年的人。
尊者，如果你跟随我两年：指你侍奉我两个年度。
我就让你出家：指我就让你受具足戒。
之后在没有障碍的情况下：指没有障碍。
不让她出家：指不亲自让她出家。
不努力让她出家：指不命令他人。如果说"我既不让她出家也不努力让她出家"而放弃责任，即犯忏悔。
无罪过：如果有障碍，寻找后找不到，生病，遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第八学处已结束。
第九学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，偷兰难陀比丘尼让与男人亲近、与男孩亲近、暴躁、悲伤、暴怒的旃荼迦利式叉摩那出家。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："偷兰难陀尊者怎么能让与男人亲近、与男孩亲近、暴躁、悲伤、暴怒的旃荼迦利式叉摩那出家呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，偷兰难陀比丘尼真的让与男人亲近、与男孩亲近、暴躁、悲伤、暴怒的旃荼迦利式叉摩那出家吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，偷兰难陀比丘尼怎么能让与男人亲近、与男孩亲近、暴躁、悲伤、暴怒的旃荼迦利式叉摩那出家呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼让与男人亲近、与男孩亲近、暴躁、悲伤的式叉摩那出家，犯忏悔。"

1160.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Puriso nāma pattavīsativasso. Kumārako nāma appattavīsativasso. Saṃsaṭṭhā nāma ananulomikena kāyikavācasikena saṃsaṭṭhā. Caṇḍī nāma kodhanā vuccati.

Sokāvāsā nāma paresaṃ dukkhaṃ uppādeti, sokaṃ āvisati. Sikkhamānā nāma dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā. Vuṭṭhāpeyyāti upasampādeyya.

‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa; gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1161. Anāpatti ajānantī vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Navamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

10. Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ

1162. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī mātāpitūhipi sāmikenapi ananuññātaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpeti. Mātāpitaropi sāmikopi ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā amhehi ananuññātaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpessatī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo mātāpitūnampi sāmikassapi ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā mātāpitūhipi sāmikenapi ananuññātaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī, mātāpitūhipi sāmikenapi ananuññātaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpetīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī mātāpitūhipi sāmikenapi ananuññātaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpessati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1163.‘‘Yāpana bhikkhunī mātāpitūhi vā sāmikena vā ananuññātaṃ sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1164.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Mātāpitaro nāma janakā vuccanti. Sāmiko nāma yena pariggahitā hoti. Ananuññātāti anāpucchā. Sikkhamānā nāma dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā. Vuṭṭhāpeyyāti upasampādeyya.

Vuṭṭhāpessāmīti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1165. Anāpatti ajānantī vuṭṭhāpeti, apaloketvā vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Dasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

11. Ekādasamasikkhāpadaṃ

1166. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena thullanandā bhikkhunī – ‘‘sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti there bhikkhū sannipātetvā pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ passitvā – ‘‘na tāvāhaṃ, ayyā, sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti there bhikkhū uyyojetvā devadattaṃ kokālikaṃ kaṭamodakatissakaṃ khaṇḍadeviyā puttaṃ samuddadattaṃ sannipātetvā sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma ayyā thullanandā pārivāsikachandadānena sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpessatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī pārivāsikachandadānena sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpetīti [vuṭṭhāpesīti (ka.)]? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, thullanandā bhikkhunī pārivāsikachandadānena sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpessati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1167.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī pārivāsikachandadānena sikkhamānaṃ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiya’’nti.



以下是完整的直译：
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
男人：指已满二十岁的。男孩：指未满二十岁的。亲近：指以不适当的身语亲近。暴躁：指易怒的人。
悲伤：指给他人带来痛苦，陷入悲伤。式叉摩那：指在六法中学习两年的人。让出家：指让受具足戒。
如果说"我要让她出家"而寻找小众或阿阇梨或钵或衣，或划定界场，犯恶作。宣布动议时，犯恶作。两次羯磨文时，犯恶作。羯磨文结束时，戒师犯忏悔；小众和阿阇梨犯恶作。
无罪过：不知情而让出家，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第九学处已结束。
第十学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，偷兰难陀比丘尼让未经父母和丈夫允许的式叉摩那出家。父母和丈夫抱怨、批评、指责说："偷兰难陀尊者怎么能让未经我们允许的式叉摩那出家呢？"比丘尼们听到父母和丈夫抱怨、批评、指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："偷兰难陀尊者怎么能让未经父母和丈夫允许的式叉摩那出家呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，偷兰难陀比丘尼真的让未经父母和丈夫允许的式叉摩那出家吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，偷兰难陀比丘尼怎么能让未经父母和丈夫允许的式叉摩那出家呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼让未经父母或丈夫允许的式叉摩那出家，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
父母：指生身父母。丈夫：指她所依附的人。未允许：指未询问。式叉摩那：指在六法中学习两年的人。让出家：指让受具足戒。
如果说"我要让她出家"而寻找小众或阿阇梨或钵或衣，或划定界场，犯恶作。宣布动议时，犯恶作。两次羯磨文时，犯恶作。羯磨文结束时，戒师犯忏悔。小众和阿阇梨犯恶作。
无罪过：不知情而让出家，询问后让出家，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第十学处已结束。
第十一学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在王舍城（现在的拉杰吉尔）竹林栗鼠feeding ground。当时，偷兰难陀比丘尼说"我要让式叉摩那出家"，召集长老比丘们后，看到大量食物，说"尊者们，我现在不让式叉摩那出家了"，打发长老比丘们离开，召集提婆达多、俱迦利迦、迦陀摩罗迦提沙、乔达维之子三牟陀达多，让式叉摩那出家。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："偷兰难陀尊者怎么能以别住者的同意让式叉摩那出家呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，偷兰难陀比丘尼真的以别住者的同意让式叉摩那出家吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，偷兰难陀比丘尼怎么能以别住者的同意让式叉摩那出家呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼以别住者的同意让式叉摩那出家，犯忏悔。"

1168.Yāpanāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Pārivāsikachandadānenāti vuṭṭhitāya parisāya. Sikkhamānā nāma dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā. Vuṭṭhāpeyyāti upasampādeyya.

‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa . Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1169. Anāpatti avuṭṭhitāya parisāya vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Ekādasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

12. Dvādasamasikkhāpadaṃ

1170. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo anuvassaṃ vuṭṭhāpenti, upassayo na sammati. Manussā [manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā (sī.)] ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo anuvassaṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti, upassayo na sammatī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo anuvassaṃ vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo anuvassaṃ vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo anuvassaṃ vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1171.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī anuvassaṃ vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1172.Yāpanāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Anuvassanti anusaṃvaccharaṃ. Vuṭṭhāpeyyāti upasampādeyya.

‘‘Vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1173. Anāpatti ekantarikaṃ vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Dvādasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

13. Terasamasikkhāpadaṃ

1174. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo ekaṃ vassaṃ dve vuṭṭhāpenti. Upassayo tatheva na sammati. Manussā [manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā (sī.)] tatheva ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo ekaṃ vassaṃ dve vuṭṭhāpessanti! Upassayo tatheva na sammatī’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo ekaṃ vassaṃ dve vuṭṭhāpessantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo ekaṃ vassaṃ dve vuṭṭhāpentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo ekaṃ vassaṃ dve vuṭṭhāpessanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1175.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī ekaṃ vassaṃ dve vuṭṭhāpeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1176.Yāpanāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Ekaṃ vassanti ekaṃ saṃvaccharaṃ. Dve vuṭṭhāpeyyāti dve upasampādeyya.

‘‘Dve vuṭṭhāpessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariniṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ. Dvīhi kammavācāhi dukkaṭā. Kammavācāpariyosāne upajjhāyāya āpatti pācittiyassa. Gaṇassa ca ācariniyā ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

1177. Anāpatti ekantarikaṃ ekaṃ vuṭṭhāpeti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Terasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Kumārībhūtavaggo aṭṭhamo.

9. Chattupāhanavaggo

1. Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ



以下是完整的直译：
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
以别住者的同意：指在集会已散去后。式叉摩那：指在六法中学习两年的人。让出家：指让受具足戒。
如果说"我要让她出家"而寻找小众或阿阇梨或钵或衣，或划定界场，犯恶作。宣布动议时，犯恶作。两次羯磨文时，犯恶作。羯磨文结束时，戒师犯忏悔。小众和阿阇梨犯恶作。
无罪过：在集会未散去时让出家，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第十一学处已结束。
第十二学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们每年让人出家，住处不够。人们抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能每年让人出家呢？住处不够。"比丘尼们听到那些人抱怨、批评、指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能每年让人出家呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的每年让人出家吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能每年让人出家呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼每年让人出家，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
每年：指每个年度。让出家：指让受具足戒。
如果说"我要让她出家"而寻找小众或阿阇梨或钵或衣，或划定界场，犯恶作。宣布动议时，犯恶作。两次羯磨文时，犯恶作。羯磨文结束时，戒师犯忏悔。小众和阿阇梨犯恶作。
无罪过：隔年让人出家，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第十二学处已结束。
第十三学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们一年让两人出家。住处同样不够。人们同样抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能一年让两人出家呢！住处同样不够。"比丘尼们听到那些人抱怨、批评、指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能一年让两人出家呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的一年让两人出家吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能一年让两人出家呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼一年让两人出家，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
一年：指一个年度。让两人出家：指让两人受具足戒。
如果说"我要让两人出家"而寻找小众或阿阇梨或钵或衣，或划定界场，犯恶作。宣布动议时，犯恶作。两次羯磨文时，犯恶作。羯磨文结束时，戒师犯忏悔。小众和阿阇梨犯恶作。
无罪过：隔年让一人出家，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第十三学处已结束。
童女品第八。
伞与拖鞋品
第一学处

1178. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo chattupāhanaṃ dhārenti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo chattupāhanaṃ dhāressanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo chattupāhanaṃ dhāressantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo chattupāhanaṃ dhārentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo chattupāhanaṃ dhāressanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī chattupāhanaṃ dhāreyya, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhunīnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1179. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī gilānā hoti. Tassā vinā chattupāhanaṃ na phāsu hoti…pe… bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānāya bhikkhuniyā chattupāhanaṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1180.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī agilānā chattupāhanaṃ dhāreyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1181.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Agilānā nāma yassā vinā chattupāhanaṃ phāsu hoti.

Gilānā nāma yassā vinā chattupāhanaṃ na phāsu hoti.

Chattaṃ nāma tīṇi chattāni – setacchattaṃ, kilañjacchattaṃ, paṇṇacchattaṃ maṇḍalabaddhaṃ salākabaddhaṃ. Dhāreyyāti sakimpi dhāreti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1182. Agilānā agilānasaññā chattupāhanaṃ dhāreti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilānā vematikā chattupāhanaṃ dhāreti, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilānā gilānasaññā chattupāhanaṃ dhāreti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Chattaṃ dhāreti na upāhanaṃ, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Upāhanaṃ dhāreti na chattaṃ, āpatti dukkaṭassa . Gilānā agilānasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilānā vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilānā gilānasaññā, anāpatti.

1183. Anāpatti gilānāya, ārāme ārāmūpacāre dhāreti, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Paṭhamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

2. Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ

1184. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo yānena yāyanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo yānena yāyissanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe. … tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo yānena yāyissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo yānena yāyantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo yānena yāyissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

‘‘Yāpana bhikkhunī yānena yāyeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

Evañcidaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhunīnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.

1185. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī gilānā hoti, na sakkoti padasā gantuṃ…pe… bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānāya bhikkhuniyā yānaṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1186.‘‘Yāpana bhikkhunī agilānā yānena yāyeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1187.Yāpanāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Agilānā nāma sakkoti padasā gantuṃ.

Gilānā nāma na sakkoti padasā gantuṃ.

Yānaṃ nāma vayhaṃ ratho sakaṭaṃ sandamānikā sivikā pāṭaṅkī.

Yāyeyyāti sakimpi yānena yāyati, āpatti pācittiyassa.



以下是完整的直译：
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，六群比丘尼持伞穿拖鞋。人们抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能持伞穿拖鞋呢，就像享受欲乐的在家女人一样！"比丘尼们听到那些人抱怨、批评、指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："六群比丘尼怎么能持伞穿拖鞋呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，六群比丘尼真的持伞穿拖鞋吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，六群比丘尼怎么能持伞穿拖鞋呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼持伞穿拖鞋，犯忏悔。"
世尊如此为比丘尼们制定了这条学处。
当时，一位比丘尼生病了。她没有伞和拖鞋就不舒服...他们把这件事告诉世尊...（世尊说：）"比丘们，我允许生病的比丘尼持伞穿拖鞋。比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼无病而持伞穿拖鞋，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
无病：指没有伞和拖鞋也舒服。
有病：指没有伞和拖鞋就不舒服。
伞：指三种伞——白伞、草伞、叶伞，有圆圈和支架的。持：指即使只持一次，也犯忏悔。
无病而认为无病持伞穿拖鞋，犯忏悔。无病而怀疑持伞穿拖鞋，犯忏悔。无病而认为有病持伞穿拖鞋，犯忏悔。
持伞不穿拖鞋，犯恶作。穿拖鞋不持伞，犯恶作。有病而认为无病，犯恶作。有病而怀疑，犯恶作。有病而认为有病，无罪。
无罪过：生病，在寺院内或寺院附近持伞穿拖鞋，遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第一学处已结束。
第二学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，六群比丘尼乘车。人们抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能乘车呢，就像享受欲乐的在家女人一样！"比丘尼们听到那些人抱怨、批评、指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："六群比丘尼怎么能乘车呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，六群比丘尼真的乘车吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，六群比丘尼怎么能乘车呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼乘车，犯忏悔。"
世尊如此为比丘尼们制定了这条学处。
当时，一位比丘尼生病了，不能步行...他们把这件事告诉世尊...（世尊说：）"比丘们，我允许生病的比丘尼乘车。比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼无病而乘车，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
无病：指能够步行。
有病：指不能步行。
车：指轿子、马车、牛车、小车、轿椅、担架。
乘：指即使只乘一次，也犯忏悔。

1188. Agilānā agilānasaññā yānena yāyati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Agilānā vematikā yānena yāyati, āpatti pācittiyassa . Agilānā gilānasaññā yānena yāyati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Gilānā agilānasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilānā vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Gilānā gilānasaññā, anāpatti.

1189. Anāpatti gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Dutiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

3. Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ

1190. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī aññatarissā itthiyā kulūpikā hoti. Atha kho sā itthī taṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavoca – ‘‘handāyye, imaṃ saṅghāṇiṃ amukāya nāma itthiyā dehī’’ti. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī – ‘‘sacāhaṃ pattena ādāya gacchāmi vissaro me bhavissatī’’ti paṭimuñcitvā agamāsi. Tassā rathikāya suttake chinne vippakiriyiṃsu. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo saṅghāṇiṃ dhāressanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe. … tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī saṅghāṇiṃ dhāressatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī saṅghāṇiṃ dhāretī’’ti [dhāresīti (ka.)]? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī saṅghāṇiṃ dhāressati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1191.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī saṅghāṇiṃ dhāreyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1192.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Saṅghāṇi nāma yā kāci kaṭūpagā.

Dhāreyyāti sakimpi dhāreti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1193. Anāpatti ābādhappaccayā, kaṭisuttakaṃ dhāreti, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Tatiyasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

4. Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ

1194. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo itthālaṅkāraṃ dhārenti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo itthālaṅkāraṃ dhāressanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo itthālaṅkāraṃ dhāressantī’’ti …pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo itthālaṅkāraṃ dhārentīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo itthālaṅkāraṃ dhāressanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1195.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī itthālaṅkāraṃ dhāreyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1196.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Itthālaṅkāro nāma sīsūpago gīvūpago hatthūpago pādūpago kaṭūpago. Dhāreyyāti sakimpi dhāreti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1197. Anāpatti ābādhapaccayā, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Catutthasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

5. Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ



以下是完整的直译：
无病而认为无病乘车，犯忏悔。无病而怀疑乘车，犯忏悔。无病而认为有病乘车，犯忏悔。
有病而认为无病，犯恶作。有病而怀疑，犯恶作。有病而认为有病，无罪。
无罪过：生病，遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第二学处已结束。
第三学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，一位比丘尼是某位女人的常客。然后那位女人对那位比丘尼说："尊者，请把这条腰带给某某女人。"然后那位比丘尼想："如果我用钵装着拿去，会引人注目"，就系在身上走了。她在路上腰带的线断了，散落开来。人们抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能系腰带呢，就像享受欲乐的在家女人一样！"比丘尼们听到那些人抱怨、批评、指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼怎么能系腰带呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼真的系腰带吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼怎么能系腰带呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼系腰带，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
腰带：指任何系在腰上的东西。
系：指即使只系一次，也犯忏悔。
无罪过：因病缘故，系腰绳，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第三学处已结束。
第四学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，六群比丘尼戴妇女的装饰品。人们抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能戴妇女的装饰品呢，就像享受欲乐的在家女人一样！"比丘尼们听到那些人抱怨、批评、指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："六群比丘尼怎么能戴妇女的装饰品呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，六群比丘尼真的戴妇女的装饰品吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，六群比丘尼怎么能戴妇女的装饰品呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼戴妇女的装饰品，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
妇女的装饰品：指戴在头上、颈上、手上、脚上、腰上的。戴：指即使只戴一次，也犯忏悔。
无罪过：因病缘故，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第四学处已结束。
第五学处

1198. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo gandhavaṇṇakena nahāyanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo gandhavaṇṇakena nahāyissanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo gandhavaṇṇakena nahāyissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo gandhavaṇṇakena nahāyantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo gandhavaṇṇakena nahāyissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1199.‘‘Yāpana bhikkhunī gandhavaṇṇakena nahāyeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1200.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Gandho nāma yo koci gandho. Vaṇṇakaṃ nāma yaṃ kiñci vaṇṇakaṃ. Nahāyeyyāti nahāyati. Payoge dukkaṭaṃ, nahānapariyosāne āpatti pācittiyassa.

1201. Anāpatti ābādhappaccayā, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Pañcamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

6. Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ

1202. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo vāsitakena piññākena nahāyanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo vāsitakena piññākena nahāyissanti, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo vāsitakena piññākena nahāyissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo vāsitakena piññākena nahāyantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, chabbaggiyā bhikkhuniyo vāsitakena piññākena nahāyissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1203.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī vāsitakena piññākena nahāyeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1204.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Vāsitakaṃ nāma yaṃ kiñci gandhavāsitakaṃ. Piññākaṃ nāma tilapiṭṭhaṃ vuccati. Nahāyeyyāti nahāyati. Payoge dukkaṭaṃ, nahānapariyosāne āpatti pācittiyassa.

1205. Anāpatti ābādhappaccayā, pakatipiññākena nahāyati, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Chaṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

7. Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ

1206. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo bhikkhuniyā ummaddāpentipi parimaddāpentipi. Manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo bhikkhuniyā ummaddāpessantipi parimaddāpessantipi seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo bhikkhuniyā ummaddāpessantipi parimaddāpessantipī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo bhikkhuniyā ummaddāpentipi parimaddāpentipīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo bhikkhuniyā ummaddāpessantipi parimaddāpessantipi! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1207.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhuniyā ummaddāpeyya vā parimaddāpeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.



以下是完整的直译：
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，六群比丘尼用香料和颜料沐浴。人们抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能用香料和颜料沐浴呢，就像享受欲乐的在家女人一样！"比丘尼们听到那些人抱怨、批评、指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："六群比丘尼怎么能用香料和颜料沐浴呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，六群比丘尼真的用香料和颜料沐浴吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，六群比丘尼怎么能用香料和颜料沐浴呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼用香料和颜料沐浴，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
香料：指任何香料。颜料：指任何颜料。沐浴：指沐浴。预备时，犯恶作。沐浴结束时，犯忏悔。
无罪过：因病缘故，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第五学处已结束。
第六学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，六群比丘尼用有香味的麸皮沐浴。人们抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能用有香味的麸皮沐浴呢，就像享受欲乐的在家女人一样！"比丘尼们听到那些人抱怨、批评、指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："六群比丘尼怎么能用有香味的麸皮沐浴呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，六群比丘尼真的用有香味的麸皮沐浴吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，六群比丘尼怎么能用有香味的麸皮沐浴呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼用有香味的麸皮沐浴，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
有香味的：指任何有香味的东西。麸皮：指芝麻粉。沐浴：指沐浴。预备时，犯恶作。沐浴结束时，犯忏悔。
无罪过：因病缘故，用普通麸皮沐浴，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第六学处已结束。
第七学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们让比丘尼为自己按摩和推拿。人们在寺院里走动时看到后抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能让比丘尼为自己按摩和推拿呢，就像享受欲乐的在家女人一样！"比丘尼们听到那些人抱怨、批评、指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能让比丘尼为自己按摩和推拿呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的让比丘尼为自己按摩和推拿吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能让比丘尼为自己按摩和推拿呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼让比丘尼为自己按摩或推拿，犯忏悔。"

1208.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Bhikkhuniyāti aññāya bhikkhuniyā. Ummaddāpeyya vāti ummaddāpeti [ubbaṭṭāpeti (sī.)], āpatti pācittiyassa. Parimaddāpeyya vāti sambāhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1209. Anāpatti gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Sattamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

8-9-10. Aṭṭhama-navama-dasamasikkhāpadaṃ

1210. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo sikkhamānāya ummaddāpentipi parimaddāpentipi…pe… sāmaṇeriyā ummaddāpentipi parimaddāpentipi…pe… gihiniyā ummaddāpentipi parimaddāpentipi. Manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo gihiniyā ummaddāpessantipi parimaddāpessantipi, seyyathāpi gihiniyo kāmabhoginiyo’’ti! Assosuṃ kho bhikkhuniyo tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo gihiniyā ummaddāpessantipi parimaddāpessantipīti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo gihiniyā ummaddāpentipi parimaddāpentipīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo gihiniyā ummaddāpessantipi parimaddāpessantipi! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1211.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī (sikkhamānāya…pe… sāmaṇeriyā…pe…) gihiniyā ummaddāpeyya vā parimaddāpeyya vā, pācittiya’’nti.

1212.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Sikkhamānā nāma dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhā.

Sāmaṇerī nāma dasasikkhāpadikā.

Gihinī nāma agārinī vuccati.

Ummaddāpeyyavāti ummaddāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Parimaddāpeyya vāti sambāhāpeti, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1213. Anāpatti gilānāya [ābādhappaccayā (ka.)], āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Aṭṭhama navama dasamasikkhāpadāni niṭṭhitāni.

11. Ekādasamasikkhāpadaṃ

1214. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo bhikkhussa purato anāpucchā āsane nisīdanti. Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo bhikkhussa purato anāpucchā āsane nisīdissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo bhikkhussa purato anāpucchā āsane nisīdantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo bhikkhussa purato anāpucchā āsane nisīdissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1215.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī bhikkhussa purato anāpucchā āsane nisīdeyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1216.Yāpanāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Bhikkhussapuratoti upasampannassa purato. Anāpucchāti anapaloketvā. Āsane nisīdeyyāti antamaso chamāyapi nisīdati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1217. Anāpucchite anāpucchitasaññā āsane nisīdati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anāpucchite vematikā āsane nisīdati, āpatti pācittiyassa . Anāpucchite āpucchitasaññā āsane nisīdati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āpucchite anāpucchitasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āpucchite vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āpucchite āpucchitasaññā, anāpatti.

1218. Anāpatti āpucchā āsane nisīdati, gilānāya, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Ekādasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

12. Dvādasamasikkhāpadaṃ



以下是完整的直译：
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
比丘尼：指其他比丘尼。让**：指让**，犯忏悔。让推拿：指让按摩，犯忏悔。
无罪过：生病，遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第七学处已结束。
8-9-10. 第八、第九、第十学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们让式叉摩那为自己和推拿...让沙弥尼为自己和推拿...让在家女人为自己和推拿。人们在寺院里走动时看到后抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能让在家女人为自己和推拿呢，就像享受欲乐的在家女人一样！"比丘尼们听到那些人抱怨、批评、指责。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能让在家女人为自己和推拿呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的让在家女人为自己和推拿吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能让在家女人为自己**和推拿呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼让（式叉摩那...沙弥尼...）在家女人为自己**或推拿，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
式叉摩那：指在六法中学习两年的人。
沙弥尼：指受持十戒的人。
在家女人：指居家的女人。
让**：指让**，犯忏悔。
让推拿：指让按摩，犯忏悔。
无罪过：生病，遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第八、第九、第十学处已结束。
第十一学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们未经询问就在比丘面前坐下。比丘们抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能未经询问就在比丘面前坐下呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的未经询问就在比丘面前坐下吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能未经询问就在比丘面前坐下呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼未经询问就在比丘面前坐下，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
比丘面前：指已受具足戒者面前。未经询问：指未经告知。坐下：指即使坐在地上，也犯忏悔。
未经询问而认为未经询问就坐下，犯忏悔。未经询问而怀疑就坐下，犯忏悔。未经询问而认为已经询问就坐下，犯忏悔。
已经询问而认为未经询问，犯恶作。已经询问而怀疑，犯恶作。已经询问而认为已经询问，无罪。
无罪过：经询问后坐下，生病，遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第十一学处已结束。
第十二学处

1219. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhuniyo anokāsakataṃ bhikkhuṃ pañhaṃ pucchanti. Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhuniyo anokāsakataṃ bhikkhuṃ pañhaṃ pucchissantī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo anokāsakataṃ bhikkhuṃ pañhaṃ pucchantīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo anokāsakataṃ bhikkhuṃ pañhaṃ pucchissanti! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1220.‘‘Yā pana bhikkhunī anokāsakataṃ bhikkhuṃ pañhaṃ puccheyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1221.Yā panāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Anokāsakatanti anāpucchā. Bhikkhunti upasampannaṃ. Pañhaṃ puccheyyāti suttante okāsaṃ kārāpetvā vinayaṃ vā abhidhammaṃ vā pucchati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Vinaye okāsaṃ kārāpetvā suttantaṃ vā abhidhammaṃ vā pucchati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Abhidhamme okāsaṃ kārāpetvā suttantaṃ vā vinayaṃ vā pucchati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

1222. Anāpucchite anāpucchitasaññā pañhaṃ pucchati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anāpucchite vematikā pañhaṃ pucchati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Anāpucchite āpucchitasaññā pañhaṃ pucchati, āpatti pācittiyassa.

Āpucchite anāpucchitasaññā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āpucchite vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Āpucchite āpucchitasaññā, anāpatti.

1223. Anāpatti okāsaṃ kārāpetvā pucchati, anodissa okāsaṃ kārāpetvā yattha katthaci pucchati, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Dvādasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

13. Terasamasikkhāpadaṃ

1224. Tena samayena buddho bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī asaṅkaccikā [asaṅkacchikā (syā.)] gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Tassā rathikāya vātamaṇḍalikā saṅghāṭiyo ukkhipiṃsu. Manussā ukkuṭṭhiṃ akaṃsu – ‘‘sundarā ayyāya thanudarā’’ti. Sā bhikkhunī tehi manussehi uppaṇḍiyamānā maṅku ahosi. Atha kho sā bhikkhunī upassayaṃ gantvā bhikkhunīnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Yā tā bhikkhuniyo appicchā…pe… tā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhunī asaṅkaccikā gāmaṃ pavisissatī’’ti…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī asaṅkaccikā gāmaṃ pāvisīti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī asaṅkaccikā gāmaṃ pavisissati! Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… evañca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyo imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddisantu –

1225.‘‘Yāpana bhikkhunī asaṅkaccikā[asaṅkacchikā (syā.)]gāmaṃ paviseyya, pācittiya’’nti.

1226.Yāpanāti yā yādisā…pe… bhikkhunīti…pe… ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā bhikkhunīti.

Asaṅkaccikāti vinā saṅkaccikaṃ.

Saṅkaccikaṃ nāma adhakkhakaṃ ubbhanābhi, tassa paṭicchādanatthāya.

Gāmaṃ paviseyyāti parikkhittassa gāmassa parikkhepaṃ atikkāmentiyā āpatti pācittiyassa. Aparikkhittassa gāmassa upacāraṃ okkamantiyā āpatti pācittiyassa.



以下是完整的直译：
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，比丘尼们未经允许就向比丘提问。比丘们抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼们怎么能未经允许就向比丘提问呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼们真的未经允许就向比丘提问吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼们怎么能未经允许就向比丘提问呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼未经允许就向比丘提问，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
未经允许：指未经询问。比丘：指已受具足戒者。提问：指在经藏中得到允许后询问律或论，犯忏悔。在律中得到允许后询问经或论，犯忏悔。在论中得到允许后询问经或律，犯忏悔。
未经询问而认为未经询问就提问，犯忏悔。未经询问而怀疑就提问，犯忏悔。未经询问而认为已经询问就提问，犯忏悔。
已经询问而认为未经询问，犯恶作。已经询问而怀疑，犯恶作。已经询问而认为已经询问，无罪。
无罪过：得到允许后提问，不指定地得到允许后随处提问，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第十二学处已结束。
第十三学处
那时，佛陀世尊住在舍卫城（现在的萨赫特-马赫特）祇树给孤独园。当时，一位比丘尼未穿覆肩衣就进入村庄乞食。她在街道上被旋风掀起了僧伽梨衣。人们大声喊道："尊者的胸部真美！"那位比丘尼被那些人戏弄后感到羞愧。然后那位比丘尼回到住处后把这件事告诉比丘尼们。那些少欲的比丘尼们...抱怨、批评、指责说："比丘尼怎么能未穿覆肩衣就进入村庄呢？"...（他们）问："比丘们，比丘尼真的未穿覆肩衣就进入村庄吗？""是的，世尊。"佛陀世尊呵斥道...："比丘们，比丘尼怎么能未穿覆肩衣就进入村庄呢！比丘们，这不能令不信者生信..."比丘们，比丘尼们应当如此诵此学处：
"若比丘尼未穿覆肩衣就进入村庄，犯忏悔。"
若比丘尼：即无论是什么...比丘尼...在此意义上指的是比丘尼。
未穿覆肩衣：指没有覆肩衣。
覆肩衣：指从腋下到肚脐以上，用来遮蔽那里的。
进入村庄：指进入有围墙的村庄的围墙时，犯忏悔。进入无围墙的村庄的边界时，犯忏悔。

1227. Anāpatti acchinnacīvarikāya, naṭṭhacīvarikāya, gilānāya, assatiyā, ajānantiyā, āpadāsu, ummattikāya, ādikammikāyāti.

Terasamasikkhāpadaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Chattupāhanavaggo navamo.

Uddiṭṭhā kho, ayyāyo, chasaṭṭhisatā pācittiyā dhammā. Tatthāyyāyo pucchāmi – ‘‘kaccittha parisuddhā’’? Dutiyampi pucchāmi – ‘‘kaccittha parisuddhā’’? Tatiyampi pucchāmi – ‘‘kaccittha parisuddhā’’? Parisuddhetthāyyāyo, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmīti.

Khuddakaṃ samattaṃ.

Bhikkhunivibhaṅge pācittiyakaṇḍaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

以下是完整的直译：
无罪过：衣服被抢夺，衣服丢失，生病，忘记，不知道，遇到危难，如果她疯狂，如果她是始作者。
第十三学处已结束。
伞与拖鞋品第九。
尊者们，已经诵出一百六十六条忏悔法。在此我问尊者们："你们于此清净吗？"我再次问："你们于此清净吗？"我第三次问："你们于此清净吗？"尊者们于此清净，所以保持沉默，我如是持此。
小品已结束。
比丘尼分别中忏悔篇已结束。


